* Makefile.in (install-arch-indep): Avoid readdir race.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobe1359306e1dac19161ad91b98874193f2964f2ad
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 53104
69 ;;;;;; 0 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 53104
89 ;;;;;; 0 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 53104
100 ;;;;;; 0 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
117 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
118 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
119 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
120 outside a function.")
122 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
125 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
126 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
131 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
132 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
133 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
134 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
135 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
140 Prompt for a change log name.
142 \(fn)" nil nil)
144 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
145 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
148 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
149 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
150 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
153 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
154 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
157 current buffer to the complete file name.
158 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
163 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
164 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
165 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
168 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
173 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
174 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
177 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
178 after a comma on an existing line.
180 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
181 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
182 the same person.
184 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
185 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
186 notices.
188 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
189 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
194 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
195 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
196 the change log file in another window.
198 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
201 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
202 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
203 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
204 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
205 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209 \(fn)" t nil)
211 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
212 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
215 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
218 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
219 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
220 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
221 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225 \(fn)" nil nil)
227 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
228 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
229 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
230 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
231 or a buffer.
233 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
234 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238 ;;;***
240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 53104
241 ;;;;;; 0 0))
242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
245 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
246 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
247 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
248 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
249 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
250 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
251 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
252 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
253 interpreted as `error'.")
255 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
258 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
269 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
274 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
279 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
282 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
283 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
284 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
285 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
288 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
289 the new one.
291 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
292 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
293 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
294 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
295 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
298 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
299 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
304 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
305 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
306 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
307 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
308 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
309 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
310 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
311 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
312 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
313 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
314 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
315 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
316 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
317 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
318 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
323 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
324 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
327 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
328 BODY...)
330 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
331 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
332 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
333 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
334 see also `ad-add-advice'.
335 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
336 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
337 before/around/after-advices will be used.
338 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
339 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
340 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
341 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
342 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
343 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345 Semantics of the various flags:
346 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
347 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
348 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
351 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
354 advised function should be compiled.
356 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
357 during activation until somebody enables it.
359 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
360 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
361 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
362 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
365 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
366 BODY...)
368 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374 ;;;***
376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21417 24123 550487 0))
377 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379 (autoload 'align "align" "\
380 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
381 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
382 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
383 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
384 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
385 rule's `separate' attribute).
387 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
388 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
389 `separate' attribute set.
391 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
392 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
393 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
394 on the format of these lists.
396 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
399 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
400 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
401 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
404 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406 Fred (123) 456-7890
407 Alice (123) 456-7890
408 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
409 Joe (123) 456-7890
411 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
412 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
413 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
416 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
417 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
418 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
419 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
422 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
423 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
424 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
425 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
426 throughout the line.
428 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
431 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
434 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
439 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
440 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
441 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
442 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
443 align that section.
445 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
448 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
449 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
450 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
451 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
452 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
453 been used to align that section.
455 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
458 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
460 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
461 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
462 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
463 to be colored.
465 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
468 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470 \(fn)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
473 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 \(fn)" t nil)
477 ;;;***
479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
480 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
481 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
484 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
491 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
494 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
497 `allout-auto-activation'.
499 \(fn)" nil nil)
501 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
502 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
505 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
506 file variable `allout-layout'.
508 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
509 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
510 specified layout is applied.
512 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
513 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
516 Auto-layout is not.
518 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
555 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557 \(fn)" nil t)
559 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
560 Toggle Allout outline mode.
561 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
562 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
563 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
566 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
567 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
568 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
569 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
570 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
571 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
572 outline.)
574 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
577 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
578 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
579 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
580 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
581 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
582 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
583 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585 and many other features.
587 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
588 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
589 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
590 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
591 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
594 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
595 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
596 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
597 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
598 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
599 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
600 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
601 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
602 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
676 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
677 auto-activation.
679 Topic Encryption
681 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
682 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
683 pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
687 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
688 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
689 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
692 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
693 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
694 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
695 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
696 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
697 signal.
699 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
700 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 for details.
703 HOT-SPOT Operation
705 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
706 navigation and exposure control.
708 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
709 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
710 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
711 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
712 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
715 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
716 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
717 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
718 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
721 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
722 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
723 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
724 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
725 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
726 at the beginning of the current entry.
728 Extending Allout
730 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
731 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
732 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734 `allout-mode-hook'
735 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
736 `allout-mode-off-hook'
737 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
738 `allout-structure-added-functions'
739 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
740 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
741 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
742 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744 Terminology
746 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
749 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
750 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
751 CURRENT ITEM:
752 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
753 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
754 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
755 called the:
756 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758 ANCESTORS:
759 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
760 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
761 of the ITEM.
762 OFFSPRING:
763 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
764 SUBTOPIC:
765 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
766 CHILD:
767 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
768 SIBLINGS:
769 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771 Topic text constituents:
773 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
774 text.
775 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
776 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
777 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
778 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
779 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
780 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
781 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
782 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
783 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
784 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
785 the PREFIX.
787 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
788 of the ITEM.
789 PREFIX-LEAD:
790 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
791 It can be customized by changing the setting of
792 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
795 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
796 program code without interfering with processing of the text
797 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
798 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
799 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
800 docstring for more detail.
801 PREFIX-PADDING:
802 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
803 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
804 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
805 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
806 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
807 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
808 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
809 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
810 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
811 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
812 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
813 more details.
814 EXPOSURE:
815 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
816 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
817 CONCEALED:
818 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
819 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
822 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
823 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
830 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
833 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837 ;;;***
839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21346
840 ;;;;;; 62196 0 0))
841 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
842 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
845 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
852 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
855 visiting an outline.
857 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
858 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
861 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
862 you want allout widgets operation.
864 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
871 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
872 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
873 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
874 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
877 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
878 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880 The graphics include:
882 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
885 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
888 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
891 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
892 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896 ;;;***
898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 53104 0
899 ;;;;;; 0))
900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
905 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
906 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
907 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
908 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
909 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
916 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918 ;;;***
920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 53104 0
921 ;;;;;; 0))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
925 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
926 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
927 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
928 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
929 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
930 in the current window.
932 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
935 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
936 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
937 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
938 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
939 buffer if one does not exist.
941 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
944 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
945 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
946 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
947 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951 ;;;***
953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 53104 0
954 ;;;;;; 0))
955 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
956 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
959 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961 \(fn)" t nil)
963 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
964 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
967 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
968 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
969 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
972 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978 ;;;***
980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
981 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
983 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
986 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
987 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
988 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
989 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
990 \\[yank].
992 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
993 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
994 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
995 the rules.
997 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
998 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
999 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1000 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1004 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1005 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1009 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1010 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1011 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015 ;;;***
1017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1018 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1020 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1021 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1022 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1023 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1024 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1025 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1027 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1029 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1030 Toggle checking of appointments.
1031 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1032 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1036 ;;;***
1038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1039 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1041 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1042 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1043 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1044 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1046 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1047 kind of objects to search.
1049 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1051 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1052 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1053 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1054 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1055 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1056 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1058 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1059 variables, not just user options.
1061 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1063 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1064 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1065 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1066 like `apropos-user-option'.
1068 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1070 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1072 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1073 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1074 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1075 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1076 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1077 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1079 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1080 noninteractive functions.
1082 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1083 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1085 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1086 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1088 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1090 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1091 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1093 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1095 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1096 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1097 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1098 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1106 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1108 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1110 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1112 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1113 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1114 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1115 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1118 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1121 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1122 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1123 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1124 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1125 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1127 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1128 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1129 names and values of properties.
1131 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1133 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1135 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1136 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1137 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1138 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1139 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1140 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1142 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1143 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1144 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1145 documentation strings.
1147 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1149 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1151 ;;;***
1153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1156 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1157 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1158 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1159 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1160 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1161 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1163 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1164 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1165 archive.
1167 \\{archive-mode-map}
1169 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1171 ;;;***
1173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1176 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1177 Major mode for editing arrays.
1179 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1180 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1181 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1183 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1185 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1186 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1187 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1189 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1190 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1191 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1192 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1193 The variables are:
1195 Variables you assign:
1196 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1197 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1198 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1199 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1200 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1201 row numbers in the buffer.
1203 Variables which are calculated:
1204 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1205 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1207 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1208 take a numeric prefix argument):
1210 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1211 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1212 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1213 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1215 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1216 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1217 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1218 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1220 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1221 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1222 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1223 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1225 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1226 between that of point and mark.
1228 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1229 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1231 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1232 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1233 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1234 newlines inside rows)
1236 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1238 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1240 \(fn)" t nil)
1242 ;;;***
1244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 53104
1245 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1247 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1249 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1250 Toggle Artist mode.
1251 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1252 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1253 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1255 How to quit Artist mode
1257 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1260 How to submit a bug report
1262 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1265 Drawing with the mouse:
1267 mouse-2
1268 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1269 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1270 below).
1272 mouse-1
1273 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1274 or pastes:
1276 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1279 to new point
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1296 lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Paste Paste Paste
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1308 or diagonally.
1310 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1311 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1312 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1313 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1314 poly-lines.
1316 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1317 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1318 overwrite means the opposite.
1320 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1321 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1322 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1324 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1326 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1327 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1329 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1330 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1331 are currently drawing something.
1333 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1334 some time to fill.
1337 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1338 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1341 Settings
1343 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1345 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1347 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1349 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1351 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1352 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1354 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1357 Drawing with keys
1359 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1360 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1361 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1362 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1363 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1364 When pasting: Pastes
1366 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1368 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1370 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1371 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1372 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1373 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1374 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1375 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1378 Arrows
1380 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1381 of the line/poly-line
1383 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1384 of the line/poly-line
1387 Selecting operation
1389 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1391 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1392 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1393 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1394 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1395 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1398 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1400 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1401 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1402 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1403 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1404 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1406 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1410 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1413 Variables
1415 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1416 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1418 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1419 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1420 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1421 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1422 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1423 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1424 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1425 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1426 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1427 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1428 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1429 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1430 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1431 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1432 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1433 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1434 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1435 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1436 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1438 Hooks
1440 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1443 Keymap summary
1445 \\{artist-mode-map}
1447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1449 ;;;***
1451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21419 27241
1452 ;;;;;; 500420 0))
1453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1455 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1456 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1457 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1459 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1460 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1461 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1462 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1464 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1465 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1467 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1468 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1470 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1472 Special commands:
1473 \\{asm-mode-map}
1475 \(fn)" t nil)
1477 ;;;***
1479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1480 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1483 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1484 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1485 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1486 let-binding.")
1488 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1490 ;;;***
1492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1493 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1495 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1496 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1497 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1499 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1501 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1502 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1503 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1504 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1505 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1507 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1508 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1509 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1510 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1511 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1512 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1513 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1514 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1516 For example:
1517 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1518 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1519 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1520 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1521 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1523 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1527 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1528 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1529 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1530 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1531 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1532 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1534 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1536 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1537 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1538 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1539 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1540 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1542 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1543 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1544 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1546 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1550 ;;;***
1552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 53104
1553 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1556 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1557 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1559 \(fn)" t nil)
1561 ;;;***
1563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 53104 0
1564 ;;;;;; 0))
1565 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1567 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1568 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1569 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1571 \(fn)" t nil)
1573 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1574 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1575 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1576 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1578 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1580 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1581 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1582 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1583 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1584 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1585 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1587 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1589 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1590 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1592 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1593 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1595 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1596 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1600 ;;;***
1602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1603 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1606 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1608 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1610 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1611 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1612 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1614 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1615 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1616 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1617 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1618 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1620 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1622 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1624 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1625 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1626 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1627 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1628 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1630 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1631 directory or directories specified.
1633 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1634 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1635 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1636 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1637 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1638 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1640 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1642 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1643 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1644 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1645 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1646 should be non-nil).
1648 \(fn)" nil nil)
1650 ;;;***
1652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 8261 0
1653 ;;;;;; 0))
1654 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1656 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1657 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1658 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1659 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1660 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1662 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1663 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1664 disk changes.
1666 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1667 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1668 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1672 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1673 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1675 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1676 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1678 \(fn)" nil nil)
1680 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1681 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1683 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1684 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1686 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1687 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1688 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1689 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1690 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1692 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1693 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1694 writing before you save the file!
1696 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1700 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1701 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1703 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1704 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1706 \(fn)" nil nil)
1708 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1709 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1710 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1712 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1713 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1715 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1717 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1718 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1719 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1720 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1721 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1723 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1724 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1725 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1727 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1728 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1729 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1730 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1731 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1733 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1734 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1735 specifies in the mode line.
1737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1739 ;;;***
1741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21372 35662 356409 0))
1742 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1744 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1745 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1746 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1750 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1752 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1753 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1754 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1755 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1757 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1758 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1759 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1761 Effects of the different modes:
1762 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1763 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1764 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1765 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1766 a random distance & direction.
1767 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1768 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1769 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1771 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1772 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1773 definition of \"random distance\".)
1775 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1777 ;;;***
1779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21291 53104
1780 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1783 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1785 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1786 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1788 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1789 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1790 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1792 \\{bat-mode-map}
1794 \(fn)" t nil)
1796 ;;;***
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1800 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1802 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1803 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1804 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1805 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1807 \(fn)" t nil)
1809 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1810 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1811 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1813 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1814 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1816 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1818 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1819 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1821 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1822 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1824 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1825 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1826 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1827 seconds.
1829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1831 ;;;***
1833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1834 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1841 FORMS once.
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1848 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1858 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1860 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1868 ;;;***
1870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 53104
1871 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1874 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1875 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1876 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1877 of corresponding buffers.
1878 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1879 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1880 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1881 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1882 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1884 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1885 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1886 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1888 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1891 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1893 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1895 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1896 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1897 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1898 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1900 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1901 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1902 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1903 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1904 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1907 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1910 Special information:
1912 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1914 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1915 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1916 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1917 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1918 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1919 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1920 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1921 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1922 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1923 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1924 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1926 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1927 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1928 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1929 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1930 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1931 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1932 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1933 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1935 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1937 ----------------------------------------------------------
1938 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1939 if that value is non-nil.
1941 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1943 \(fn)" t nil)
1945 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1946 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1947 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1948 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1949 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1950 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1951 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1952 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1953 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1954 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1955 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1956 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1958 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1960 ;;;***
1962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1963 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1966 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1967 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1969 \(fn)" t nil)
1971 ;;;***
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
1974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1976 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1977 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1979 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1980 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1981 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1983 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1985 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1986 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1988 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1990 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1991 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1993 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1995 ;;;***
1997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 53104
1998 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1999 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2001 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2002 Play blackbox.
2003 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2005 What is blackbox?
2007 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2008 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2009 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2010 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2011 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2012 your score.
2014 Overview of play:
2016 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2017 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2018 four.
2020 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2021 movement keys.
2023 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2024 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2026 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2027 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2029 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2030 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2031 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2032 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2033 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2034 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2036 Details:
2038 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2040 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2041 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2042 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2043 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2045 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2046 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2047 denoted by the letter `R'.
2049 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2050 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2051 denoted by the letter `H'.
2053 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2054 example.
2056 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2057 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2058 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2059 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2060 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2061 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2062 ray.
2064 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2065 degree deflection it causes.
2068 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2069 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2070 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2071 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2075 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2078 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2079 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2084 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2085 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2092 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2093 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2094 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2095 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2096 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2097 emerging from the box.
2099 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2106 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2111 a reflection.
2113 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2115 ;;;***
2117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21396 17985 27631
2118 ;;;;;; 0))
2119 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2120 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2121 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2122 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2124 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2125 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2126 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2127 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2128 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2129 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2130 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2132 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2133 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2134 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2136 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2137 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2138 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2139 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2140 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2141 recent one.
2143 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2144 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2145 yank successive words.
2147 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2148 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2149 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2150 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2151 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2153 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2154 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2155 the list of bookmarks.)
2157 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2159 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2160 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2161 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2162 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2163 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2164 this.
2166 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2167 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2168 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2169 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2171 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2172 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2174 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2175 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2176 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2178 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2180 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2181 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2183 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2185 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2186 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2188 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2189 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2190 after a bookmark was set in it.
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2195 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2197 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2198 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2202 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2204 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2205 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2206 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2207 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2209 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2210 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2211 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2213 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2214 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2215 name.
2217 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2219 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2220 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2221 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2223 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2224 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2225 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2226 this.
2228 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2230 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2231 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2233 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2234 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2235 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2236 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2237 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2238 probably because we were called from there.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2243 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2244 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2246 \(fn)" t nil)
2248 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2249 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2250 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2251 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2252 \(second argument).
2254 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2255 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2256 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2257 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2258 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2260 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2261 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2262 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2263 `bookmark-default-file'.
2265 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2267 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2268 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2269 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2270 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2271 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2272 while loading.
2274 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2275 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2276 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2277 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2278 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2279 explicitly.
2281 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2282 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2283 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2285 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2287 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2288 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2289 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2290 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2291 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2293 \(fn)" t nil)
2295 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2297 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2299 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2300 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2304 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2306 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2308 ;;;***
2310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21361 65337
2311 ;;;;;; 555586 0))
2312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2314 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2315 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2316 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2317 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2319 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2320 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2321 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2322 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2323 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2325 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2327 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2329 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2330 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2331 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2332 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2334 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2338 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2339 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2340 narrowed.
2342 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2345 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2347 \(fn)" t nil)
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2352 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2355 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2356 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2357 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2358 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2359 first, if that exists.
2361 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2365 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2366 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2372 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2373 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2374 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2375 to use.
2377 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2380 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2381 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2382 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2384 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2387 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2388 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2389 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2391 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2392 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2393 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2394 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2396 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2397 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2398 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2405 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2407 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2408 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2410 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2411 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2412 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2413 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2416 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2417 new tab in an existing window instead.
2419 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2420 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2425 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2426 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2427 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2428 Firefox.
2430 When called interactively, if variable
2431 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2432 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2433 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2434 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2437 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2438 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2440 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2441 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2444 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2445 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2446 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2447 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2448 URL in a new window.
2450 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2454 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2455 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2456 Chromium.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2463 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2466 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2467 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2468 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2471 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2472 new tab in an existing window instead.
2474 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2475 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2487 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2491 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2492 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2499 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2502 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2503 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2504 program is invoked according to the variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2507 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2508 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2509 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2510 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2512 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2513 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2517 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2518 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2519 Default to the URL around or before point.
2521 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2522 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2523 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2525 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2526 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2527 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2528 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2530 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2531 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2535 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2539 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2540 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2541 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2550 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2551 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2557 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2558 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2559 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2560 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2566 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2567 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2568 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2570 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2571 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2572 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2573 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2576 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2580 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2581 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2582 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2583 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2584 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2585 current one.
2587 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2588 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2589 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2590 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2592 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2593 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2597 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2598 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2599 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2600 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2601 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2602 don't offer a form of remote control.
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point.
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2614 Default to the URL around the point.
2616 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2617 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2619 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2620 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2622 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2624 ;;;***
2626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
2627 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2628 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2630 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2631 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2632 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2633 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2635 \(fn)" t nil)
2637 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2638 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2644 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2645 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2647 \(fn)" t nil)
2649 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2650 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2651 \\<bs-mode-map>
2652 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2653 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2654 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2655 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2657 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2658 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2659 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2660 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2661 name of buffer configuration.
2663 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2665 ;;;***
2667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 53104 0
2668 ;;;;;; 0))
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2671 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2672 Play Bubbles game.
2673 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2674 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2675 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2676 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2677 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2678 columns on its right towards the left.
2680 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2683 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2685 \(fn)" t nil)
2687 ;;;***
2689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2690 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2693 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2695 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2696 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2697 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2698 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2699 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2703 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2704 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2708 ;;;***
2710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21291
2711 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
2712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2713 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2714 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2715 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2717 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2719 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2720 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2721 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2722 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2723 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2724 else the global value will be modified.
2726 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2731 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2738 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2739 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2741 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2743 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2744 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2745 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2749 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2750 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2751 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2752 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2753 before scanning it.
2755 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2756 that already has a `.elc' file.
2758 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2759 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2761 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2762 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2763 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2764 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2765 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2766 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2768 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2770 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2772 Print the result in the echo area.
2773 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2778 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2779 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2781 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2783 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2784 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2785 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2786 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2787 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2788 all functions called by those functions.
2790 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2791 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2792 cons, etc.).
2794 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2795 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2796 invoked interactively.
2798 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2800 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2801 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2802 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2803 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2805 \(fn)" nil nil)
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2808 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2811 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2812 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2813 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2814 already up-to-date.
2816 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2818 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2819 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2820 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2821 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2823 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2824 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2825 and corresponding effects.
2827 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2829 ;;;***
2831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2832 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2835 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2837 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2839 ;;;***
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 53104
2842 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2845 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2847 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2849 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2851 ;;;***
2853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2854 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
2855 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2857 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2858 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2859 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2860 from the cursor position.
2862 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2864 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2866 ;;;***
2868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21421 21182 542043 0))
2869 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2870 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2872 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2873 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2877 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2878 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2880 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2882 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2885 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2888 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2890 \(fn)" t nil)
2892 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2893 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2894 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2895 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2897 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2899 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2900 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2901 This is most useful in the X window system.
2902 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2903 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2905 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2907 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 See calc-keypad for details.
2911 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2913 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2914 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2916 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2918 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2919 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2921 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2923 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2924 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2926 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2929 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2930 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2932 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2935 Define Calc function.
2937 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2938 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2939 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2941 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2942 actual Lisp function name.
2944 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2946 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2948 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2950 ;;;***
2952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 53104
2953 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2956 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2959 \(fn N)" t nil)
2961 ;;;***
2963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 53104 0
2964 ;;;;;; 0))
2965 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2967 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2968 Run the Emacs calculator.
2969 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2971 \(fn)" t nil)
2973 ;;;***
2975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21291 53104
2976 ;;;;;; 0 0))
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2979 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2980 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2981 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2982 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2983 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2984 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2986 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2987 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2988 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2989 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2990 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2991 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2992 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2993 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2994 window.
2996 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2997 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2999 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3000 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3001 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3002 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3003 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3004 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3006 Runs the following hooks:
3008 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3009 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3010 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3011 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3013 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3017 ;;;***
3019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 53104 0
3020 ;;;;;; 0))
3021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3023 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3024 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3026 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3028 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3029 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3030 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3031 it fails.
3033 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3035 ;;;***
3037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3038 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3041 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3042 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3044 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3045 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3047 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3048 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3049 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3050 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3051 restriction to ASCII.
3053 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3055 capitalizedWorDD
3056 ^ ^ ^^
3058 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3059 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3060 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3062 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3063 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3064 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3065 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3066 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3067 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3068 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3070 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3071 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3075 ;;;***
3077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21291
3078 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3080 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3082 ;;;***
3084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3085 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3089 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3091 \(fn)" nil nil)
3093 ;;;***
3095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21307 46976
3096 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3099 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3100 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3102 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3103 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3105 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3106 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3108 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3110 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3111 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3112 made from scratch.
3114 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3116 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3117 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3119 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3120 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3121 made from scratch.
3123 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3125 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3126 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3128 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3130 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3131 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3132 made from scratch.
3134 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3136 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3137 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3139 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3140 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3141 made from scratch.
3143 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3145 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3146 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3148 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3150 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3151 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3152 made from scratch.
3154 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3156 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3157 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3159 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3160 variables are guessed:
3162 * `c-basic-offset', and
3163 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3164 `c-offsets-alist'.
3166 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3167 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3169 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3170 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3174 guess is made from scratch.
3176 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3177 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3179 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3181 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3182 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3183 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3184 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3186 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3187 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3188 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3190 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3192 ;;;***
3194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 53104
3195 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3198 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3199 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3200 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3201 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3202 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3203 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3204 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3206 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3208 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3212 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3217 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3218 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3219 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3220 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3221 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{c-mode-map}
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3233 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3234 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3235 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3236 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3237 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3238 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3239 message.
3241 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3243 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3244 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3246 Key bindings:
3247 \\{c++-mode-map}
3249 \(fn)" t nil)
3250 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3252 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3253 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3254 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3255 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3256 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3257 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3258 message.
3260 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3262 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3263 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3265 Key bindings:
3266 \\{objc-mode-map}
3268 \(fn)" t nil)
3269 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3271 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3272 Major mode for editing Java code.
3273 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3274 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3275 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3276 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3277 message.
3279 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3281 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3282 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3284 Key bindings:
3285 \\{java-mode-map}
3287 \(fn)" t nil)
3288 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3290 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3291 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3292 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3293 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3294 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3295 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3296 message.
3298 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3300 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3301 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3303 Key bindings:
3304 \\{idl-mode-map}
3306 \(fn)" t nil)
3307 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3308 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3310 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3311 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3312 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3313 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3314 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3315 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3316 message.
3318 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3320 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3321 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3323 Key bindings:
3324 \\{pike-mode-map}
3326 \(fn)" t nil)
3327 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3328 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3329 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3330 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3331 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3333 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3334 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3335 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3336 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3337 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3338 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3340 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3342 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3343 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3345 Key bindings:
3346 \\{awk-mode-map}
3348 \(fn)" t nil)
3350 ;;;***
3352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3353 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3356 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3357 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3358 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3359 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3361 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3363 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3364 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3365 might get set too.
3367 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3368 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3369 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3370 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3371 in this way.
3373 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3374 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3375 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3376 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3377 a null operation.
3379 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3381 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3382 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3383 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3384 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3386 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3388 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3389 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3390 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3392 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3394 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3395 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3396 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3397 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3398 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3400 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3402 ;;;***
3404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 53104
3405 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3407 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3408 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3409 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3411 ;;;***
3413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 53104 0
3414 ;;;;;; 0))
3415 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3417 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3418 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3420 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3422 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3423 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3425 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3427 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3428 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3430 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3431 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3432 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3433 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3434 execution.
3436 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3438 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3440 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3443 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3444 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3445 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3446 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3448 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3449 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3450 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3451 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3452 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3453 `write' commands.
3455 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3456 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3457 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3460 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3461 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3462 semantics.
3464 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3466 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3468 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3470 STATEMENT :=
3471 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3472 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3474 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3475 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3476 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3477 | integer
3479 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3481 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3482 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3483 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3485 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3486 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3487 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3489 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3490 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3492 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3493 BREAK := (break)
3495 REPEAT :=
3496 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3497 (repeat)
3498 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3499 ;; (repeat))
3500 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3501 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3502 ;; (read REG)
3503 ;; (repeat))
3504 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3505 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3506 ;; (read REG)
3507 ;; (repeat))
3508 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3510 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3511 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3512 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3513 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3514 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3515 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3516 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3517 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3518 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3519 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3520 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3521 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3522 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3523 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3524 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3525 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3527 WRITE :=
3528 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3529 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3530 ;; representation.
3531 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3532 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3533 ;; (write r7))
3534 | (write EXPRESSION)
3535 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3536 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3537 ;; representation.
3538 | (write integer)
3539 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3540 ;; buffer.
3541 | (write string)
3542 ;; Same as: (write string)
3543 | string
3544 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3545 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3546 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3547 ;; representation.
3548 | (write REG ARRAY)
3549 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3550 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3551 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3552 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3553 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3554 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3556 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3557 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3559 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3560 END := (end)
3562 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3563 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3564 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3566 ARG := REG | integer
3568 OPERATOR :=
3569 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3570 + | - | * | / | %
3572 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3573 | & | `|' | ^
3575 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3576 | << | >>
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3580 | <8
3582 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3583 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3584 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3585 | >8
3587 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3588 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3589 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3590 | //
3592 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3593 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3595 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3596 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3597 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3598 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3599 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3600 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3601 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3602 | de-sjis
3604 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3605 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3606 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3607 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3608 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3609 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3610 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3611 ;; byte of SJIS.
3612 | en-sjis
3614 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3615 ;; Same meaning as C code
3616 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3618 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3620 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3621 | <8=
3623 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3624 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3625 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3627 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3628 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3629 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3630 | //=
3632 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3635 TRANSLATE :=
3636 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3637 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3638 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3639 LOOKUP :=
3640 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3641 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3642 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3643 MAP :=
3644 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3645 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3646 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3647 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3648 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3649 MAP-ID := integer
3651 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3653 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3655 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3656 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3657 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3658 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3659 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3660 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3662 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3664 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3665 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3666 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3668 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3670 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3672 ;;;***
3674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 53104
3675 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3678 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3679 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3680 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3681 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3683 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3685 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3687 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3688 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3690 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3692 ;;;***
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
3695 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3696 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3698 ;;;***
3700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 53104
3701 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3703 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3705 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3706 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3707 There are no special keybindings by default.
3709 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3710 to the action header.
3712 \(fn)" t nil)
3714 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3715 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3716 There are no special keybindings by default.
3718 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3719 to the action header.
3721 \(fn)" t nil)
3723 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3724 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3725 on the buffer contents
3727 \(fn)" nil nil)
3729 ;;;***
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 53104
3732 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3734 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3736 ;;;***
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3739 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
3740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3742 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3743 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3744 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3746 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3748 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3749 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3750 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3752 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3754 ;;;***
3756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3757 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3759 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3763 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3764 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3765 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3767 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3769 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3772 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3776 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3777 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3778 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3779 the users will view as each check is completed.
3781 \(fn)" t nil)
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3784 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3785 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3786 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3787 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3788 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3789 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3790 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3792 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3794 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3795 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3796 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3797 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3798 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3799 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3800 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3801 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3803 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3805 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3806 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3807 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3808 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3809 spacing are all verified.
3811 \(fn)" t nil)
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3814 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3815 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3816 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3817 otherwise stop after the first error.
3819 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3822 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3823 Only documentation strings are checked.
3824 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3825 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3826 a separate buffer.
3828 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3831 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3832 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3833 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3834 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3836 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3839 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3840 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3841 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3842 if there is one.
3844 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3847 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3848 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3849 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3850 if there is one.
3851 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3853 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3856 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3857 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3859 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3861 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3862 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3863 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3864 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3865 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3867 \(fn)" t nil)
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3870 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3871 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3872 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3873 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3874 space at the end of each line.
3876 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3879 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3880 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3881 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3883 \(fn)" t nil)
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3886 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3887 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3888 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3894 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3942 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3944 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3947 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3948 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3949 checking of documentation strings.
3951 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3955 ;;;***
3957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3958 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
3959 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3961 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3962 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3963 Return the length of resulting text.
3965 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3967 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3968 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3970 \(fn)" t nil)
3972 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3973 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3974 Return the length of resulting text.
3976 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3979 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3981 \(fn)" t nil)
3983 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3986 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3988 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3991 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3993 ;;;***
3995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
3996 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3998 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3999 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4000 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4001 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4002 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4003 editing and the result is evaluated.
4005 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4007 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4008 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4009 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4010 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4011 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4013 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4015 \(fn)" t nil)
4017 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4018 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4019 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4020 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4021 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4023 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4024 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4025 \\{command-history-map}
4027 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4028 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4032 ;;;***
4034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4035 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4038 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4039 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4040 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4041 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4042 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4043 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4044 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4045 of this function.
4047 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4048 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4049 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4050 property are:
4052 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4053 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4055 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4056 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4057 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4058 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4059 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4060 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4061 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4062 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4063 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4064 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4065 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4066 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4068 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4069 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4070 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4072 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4073 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4074 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4075 list elements are:
4077 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4079 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4081 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4083 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4084 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4086 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4087 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4089 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4090 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4091 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4092 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4093 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4094 value specified by their associated list element.
4096 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4098 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4099 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4100 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4102 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4103 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4104 * indent the first argument by 4.
4105 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4106 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4107 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4109 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4111 ;;;***
4113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 53104
4114 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4116 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4118 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4120 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4121 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4122 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4123 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4124 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4125 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4127 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4128 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4130 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4132 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4134 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4136 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4138 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4140 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4142 ;;;***
4144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 53104
4145 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4148 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4149 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4150 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4151 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4153 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4154 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4155 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4156 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4158 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4159 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4161 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4163 ;;;***
4165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4166 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4168 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4169 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4170 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4171 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4172 of `scheme-program-name').
4173 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4174 it is given as initial input.
4175 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4176 discards input when it starts up.
4177 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4178 is run).
4179 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4181 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4183 ;;;***
4185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4186 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4188 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4189 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4190 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4191 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4193 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4194 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4196 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4197 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4198 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4200 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4202 ;;;***
4204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4207 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4208 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4209 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4210 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4211 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4212 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4213 functions have already modified the buffer.
4215 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4217 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4218 either globally or locally.")
4220 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4221 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4222 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4223 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4225 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4226 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4227 `start-file-process'
4228 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4229 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4230 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4232 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4233 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4235 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4237 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4239 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4241 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4242 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4243 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4244 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4245 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4246 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4247 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4248 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4249 process as its initial input.
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4253 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4255 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4257 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4258 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4259 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4260 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4261 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4262 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4264 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4266 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4267 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4268 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4269 directory tracking functions.")
4271 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4272 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4273 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4275 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4277 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4279 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4280 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4281 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4283 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4285 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to current process.
4289 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4290 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4292 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4294 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4295 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4296 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4297 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4299 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4301 ;;;***
4303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 53104
4304 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4305 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4307 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4308 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4309 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4310 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4312 This command pushes the mark in each window
4313 at the prior location of point in that window.
4314 If both windows display the same buffer,
4315 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4316 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4318 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4319 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4320 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4321 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4322 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4323 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4324 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4325 ignored.
4327 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4328 this command work in interlaced mode:
4329 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4330 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4331 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4333 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4335 ;;;***
4337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21356 47422
4338 ;;;;;; 369946 0))
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4341 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4342 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4344 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4346 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4347 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4348 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4350 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4352 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4353 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4354 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4356 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4358 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4359 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4360 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4361 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4362 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4364 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4365 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4366 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4367 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4368 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4370 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4371 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4372 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4373 describing how the process finished.")
4375 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4376 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4377 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4378 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4379 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4381 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4382 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4383 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4385 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4387 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4388 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4389 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4390 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4392 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4394 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4395 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4397 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4398 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4400 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4401 (lambda ()
4402 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4403 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4404 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4405 (concat \"make -k \"
4406 (if buffer-file-name
4407 (shell-quote-argument
4408 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4410 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4411 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4413 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4414 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4415 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4416 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4418 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4420 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4421 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4422 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4423 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4425 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4426 and move to the source code that caused it.
4428 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4429 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4431 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4432 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4433 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4434 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4435 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4437 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4438 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4439 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4440 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4442 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4443 kills its subprocesses.
4445 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4446 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4447 to a function that generates a unique name.
4449 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4451 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4452 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4453 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4454 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4456 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4457 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4459 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4460 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4461 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4462 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4464 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4465 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4466 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4468 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4470 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4472 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4473 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4474 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4475 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4476 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4478 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4480 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4482 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4484 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4486 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4487 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4489 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4490 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4492 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4493 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4494 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4495 See `compilation-mode'.
4497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4499 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4500 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4502 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4503 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4505 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4506 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4507 `compilation-mode'.
4509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4511 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4512 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4513 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4515 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4517 ;;;***
4519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 53104 0
4520 ;;;;;; 0))
4521 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4523 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4524 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4525 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4528 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4530 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4532 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4533 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4534 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4535 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4536 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4540 ;;;***
4542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4543 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4544 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4546 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4547 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4548 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4549 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4550 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4551 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4552 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4554 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4555 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4556 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4558 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4559 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4560 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4562 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4563 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4564 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4565 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4567 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4568 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4569 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4570 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4571 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4572 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4573 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4575 \\{conf-mode-map}
4577 \(fn)" t nil)
4579 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4580 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4581 Comments start with `#'.
4582 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4584 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4586 \[Desktop Entry]
4587 Encoding=UTF-8
4588 Name=The GIMP
4589 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4590 Name[cs]=GIMP
4592 \(fn)" t nil)
4594 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4595 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4596 Comments start with `;'.
4597 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4599 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4601 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4602 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4603 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4605 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4606 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4612 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4613 between `/*' and `*/'.
4614 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4616 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4617 // another kind of comment
4618 /* yet another */
4620 name:value
4621 name=value
4622 name value
4623 x.1 =
4624 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4625 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4627 \(fn)" t nil)
4629 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4630 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4631 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4632 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4633 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4634 `conf-space-keywords'.
4635 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4636 in an interactive fashion instead.
4638 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4640 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4642 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4643 image/png png
4644 image/tiff tiff tif
4646 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4647 class desktop
4648 # Standard multimedia devices
4649 add /dev/audio desktop
4650 add /dev/mixer desktop
4652 \(fn)" t nil)
4654 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4655 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4656 See `conf-space-mode'.
4658 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4660 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4662 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4663 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4665 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4667 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4668 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4670 \(fn)" t nil)
4672 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4673 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4674 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4675 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4677 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4679 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4680 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4682 \(fn)" t nil)
4684 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4686 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4689 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4691 *background: gray99
4692 *foreground: black
4694 \(fn)" t nil)
4696 ;;;***
4698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 53104 0
4699 ;;;;;; 0))
4700 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4702 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4703 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4704 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4705 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4706 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4707 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4709 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4711 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4712 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4713 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4714 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4716 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4718 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4719 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4720 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4721 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4723 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4725 ;;;***
4727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4728 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4730 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4731 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4732 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4734 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4735 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4736 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4737 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4738 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4739 following the copyright are updated as well.
4740 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4741 interactively.
4743 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4745 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4746 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4747 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4748 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4749 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4751 \(fn)" t nil)
4753 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4754 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4756 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4758 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4759 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4760 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4762 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4764 ;;;***
4766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4767 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
4768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4769 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4770 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4771 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4772 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4773 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4774 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4775 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4777 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4778 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4779 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4780 Tab indents for Perl code.
4781 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4782 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4784 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4785 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4786 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4787 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4788 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4789 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4790 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4791 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4792 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4793 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4794 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4795 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4797 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4799 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4800 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4802 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4804 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4805 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4806 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4807 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4808 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4809 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4810 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4811 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4812 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4814 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4816 bite if angry;
4818 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4819 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4820 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4821 to nil.)
4823 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4824 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4825 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4827 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4829 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4830 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4831 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4832 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4833 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4835 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4837 if (A) { B }
4839 into
4841 B if A;
4843 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4845 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4846 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4847 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4848 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4849 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4850 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4851 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4852 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4853 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4854 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4855 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4856 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4857 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4859 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4860 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4861 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4862 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4863 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4864 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4866 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4867 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4868 man via menu.
4870 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4871 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4872 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4873 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4874 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4876 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4877 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4878 span the needed amount of lines.
4880 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4881 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4882 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4883 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4885 Variables controlling indentation style:
4886 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4887 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4888 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4889 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4890 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4891 `cperl-auto-newline'
4892 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4893 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4894 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4895 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4896 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4897 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4898 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4899 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4900 `cperl-indent-level'
4901 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4902 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4903 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4904 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4905 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4906 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4907 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4908 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4909 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4910 `cperl-brace-offset'
4911 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4912 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4913 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4914 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4915 `cperl-label-offset'
4916 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4917 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4918 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4920 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4921 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4922 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4923 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4924 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4925 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4927 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4928 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4929 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4930 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4932 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4933 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4934 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4935 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4936 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4937 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4938 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4940 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4941 column 0 is indented on
4942 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4944 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4945 with no args.
4947 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4948 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4949 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4951 \(fn)" t nil)
4953 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4954 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4956 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4958 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4959 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4961 \(fn)" t nil)
4963 ;;;***
4965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
4966 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4968 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4969 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4970 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4971 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4972 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4974 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4976 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4977 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4979 \(fn)" t nil)
4981 ;;;***
4983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21291 53104 0
4984 ;;;;;; 0))
4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4987 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4988 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4989 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4990 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4993 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4995 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4997 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4998 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
4999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5000 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5001 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5005 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5007 ;;;***
5009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5012 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5013 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5014 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5015 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5016 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5017 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5018 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5019 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5021 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5022 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5024 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5025 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5026 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5028 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5029 with empty strings removed.
5031 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5033 ;;;***
5035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 53104
5036 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5037 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5039 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5040 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5044 ;;;***
5046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21291 53104
5047 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5050 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5051 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5052 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5055 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5057 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5059 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5060 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5061 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5062 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5063 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5065 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5066 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5067 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5068 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5069 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5070 normal function of these prefix keys.
5072 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5073 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5074 options:
5075 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5076 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5077 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5079 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5080 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5081 the prefix fallback behavior.
5083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5085 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5086 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5090 ;;;***
5092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21291 53104
5093 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5094 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5096 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5097 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5098 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5102 ;;;***
5104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21423 62909 33477
5105 ;;;;;; 0))
5106 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5108 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5109 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5111 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5113 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5114 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5116 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5118 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5119 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5121 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5123 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5124 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5126 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5127 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5129 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5130 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5132 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5134 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5136 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5137 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5138 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5140 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5141 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5143 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5144 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5146 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5147 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5149 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5151 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5153 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5154 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5155 Return VALUE.
5157 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5158 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5160 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5161 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5163 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5164 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5166 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5168 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5170 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5171 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5172 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5173 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5175 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5176 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5177 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5179 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5181 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5182 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5183 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5184 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5185 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5187 \(fn)" t nil)
5189 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5190 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5191 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5192 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5194 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5196 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5197 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5198 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5200 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5202 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5203 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5205 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5207 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5209 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5210 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5212 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5214 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5216 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5217 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5218 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5220 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5222 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5223 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5224 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5225 as part of Emacs itself.
5227 Each elements looks like this:
5229 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5231 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5232 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5233 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5234 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5235 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5236 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5237 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5238 and `defface'.
5240 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5242 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5243 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5244 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5245 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5246 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5248 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5249 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5250 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5251 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5253 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5255 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5257 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5258 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5259 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5260 release.
5262 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5263 that were added or redefined since that version.
5265 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5267 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5268 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5269 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5270 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5272 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5274 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5275 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5277 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5279 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5280 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5281 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5283 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5284 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5286 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5288 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5291 \(fn)" t nil)
5293 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5296 \(fn)" t nil)
5298 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize all saved options and faces.
5301 \(fn)" t nil)
5303 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5305 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5306 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5307 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5308 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5310 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5311 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5312 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5314 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5316 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5319 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5321 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5322 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5324 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5326 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5327 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5329 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5331 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5332 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5333 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5334 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5335 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5336 that option.
5337 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5339 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5341 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5342 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5343 The result includes selecting that window.
5344 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5345 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5346 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5347 that option.
5349 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5351 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5352 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5354 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5356 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5357 File used for storing customization information.
5358 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5359 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5360 it should be an absolute file name.
5362 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5363 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5364 something like the following in your init file:
5366 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5367 \(load custom-file)
5369 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5370 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5372 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5373 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5374 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5375 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5376 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5378 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5379 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5380 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5381 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5382 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5383 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5384 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5385 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5386 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5387 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5389 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5391 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5392 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5394 \(fn)" nil nil)
5396 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5397 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5399 \(fn)" t nil)
5401 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5402 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5403 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5405 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5407 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5408 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5409 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5410 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5411 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5413 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5415 ;;;***
5417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5418 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5420 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5421 Create or edit a custom theme.
5422 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5423 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5424 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5425 from the Custom save file.
5426 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5427 named *Custom Theme*.
5429 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5431 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5432 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5434 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5436 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5437 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5439 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5441 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5442 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5443 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5444 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5446 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5448 ;;;***
5450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 53104
5451 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5452 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5454 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5455 Mode used for cvs status output.
5457 \(fn)" t nil)
5459 ;;;***
5461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 53104 0
5462 ;;;;;; 0))
5463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5464 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5466 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5467 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5469 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5471 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5472 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5473 C++ modes are included.
5475 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5476 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5477 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5481 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5483 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5484 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5485 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5488 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5490 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5492 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5493 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5494 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5495 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5496 ARG is omitted or nil.
5498 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5499 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5500 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5504 ;;;***
5506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5507 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5510 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5511 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5513 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5515 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5516 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5518 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5520 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5521 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5522 For readability, the table is slightly
5523 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5525 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5526 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5527 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5528 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5529 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5531 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5533 ;;;***
5535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5537 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5538 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5539 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5540 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5542 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5543 Completion on current word.
5544 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5545 and presents suggestions for completion.
5547 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5548 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5549 completions.
5551 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5552 then it searches *all* buffers.
5554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5556 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5557 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5559 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5560 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5561 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5562 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5563 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5565 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5566 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5568 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5569 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5570 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5572 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5573 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5575 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5577 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5579 ;;;***
5581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 53104
5582 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5583 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5585 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5586 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5588 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5590 ;;;***
5592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21406 53815 191813 0))
5593 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5595 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5596 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5597 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5598 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5599 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5601 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5603 ;;;***
5605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 53104
5606 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5609 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5610 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5612 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5613 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5614 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5616 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5617 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5618 Data lines are not indented.
5620 Key bindings:
5622 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5623 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5625 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5626 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5627 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5628 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5630 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5632 dcl-basic-offset
5633 Extra indentation within blocks.
5635 dcl-continuation-offset
5636 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5638 dcl-margin-offset
5639 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5641 dcl-margin-label-offset
5642 Indentation for a label.
5644 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5645 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5647 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5648 dcl-block-end-regexp
5649 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5650 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5651 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5652 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5653 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5655 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5656 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5657 Two such functions are included in the package:
5658 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5659 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5661 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5662 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5663 One such function is included in the package:
5664 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5666 dcl-tab-always-indent
5667 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5668 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5669 margin.
5671 dcl-electric-characters
5672 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5673 typed.
5675 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5676 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5677 which words trigger electric indentation.
5679 dcl-tempo-comma
5680 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5681 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5682 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5684 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5685 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5686 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5687 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5689 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5690 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5691 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5692 dcl-imenu-label-call
5693 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5695 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5696 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5697 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5698 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5701 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5703 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5704 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5705 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5706 $ i = 1
5707 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5708 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5709 $ label:
5710 $ if i.eq.1
5711 $ then
5712 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5713 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5714 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5715 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5716 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5717 \"lined up with the command line\"
5718 $ type sys$input
5719 Data lines are not indented at all.
5720 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5721 $ endif
5725 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5726 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5728 \(fn)" t nil)
5730 ;;;***
5732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 53104
5733 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5736 (setq debugger 'debug)
5738 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5739 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5740 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5741 of the evaluator.
5743 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5744 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5745 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5747 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5749 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5750 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5752 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5754 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5755 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5756 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5757 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5758 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5759 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5761 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5762 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5764 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5766 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5767 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5768 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5769 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5770 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5772 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5774 ;;;***
5776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 53104
5777 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5778 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5780 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5781 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5783 \(fn)" t nil)
5785 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5786 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5787 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5788 Upper-case letters are commands.
5790 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5791 modify it.
5793 The most useful commands are:
5794 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5795 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5796 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5797 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5798 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5799 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5801 \(fn)" t nil)
5803 ;;;***
5805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
5806 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5807 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5809 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5810 Customization of `columns' group.
5812 \(fn)" t nil)
5814 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5815 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5817 START and END delimits the text region.
5819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5821 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5822 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5824 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5826 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5828 ;;;***
5830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21409 30011 484411 0))
5831 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5833 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5835 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5836 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5837 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5840 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5842 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5844 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5845 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5847 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5848 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5850 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5851 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5852 point regardless of any selection.
5854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5856 ;;;***
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 53104
5859 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5862 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5863 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5865 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5867 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5868 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5869 or nil if there is no parent.
5870 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5871 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5872 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5873 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5874 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5876 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5877 arguments are currently understood:
5878 :group GROUP
5879 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5880 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5881 :syntax-table TABLE
5882 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5883 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5884 :abbrev-table TABLE
5885 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5886 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5888 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5890 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5892 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5893 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5894 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5896 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5897 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5899 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5900 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5901 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5903 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5904 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5906 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5907 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5909 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5911 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5913 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5915 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5916 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5917 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5918 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5919 the first time the mode is used.
5921 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5923 ;;;***
5925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 53104 0
5926 ;;;;;; 0))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5929 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5930 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5931 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5932 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5933 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5934 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5935 otherwise.
5937 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5939 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5940 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5941 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5942 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5944 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5945 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5946 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5948 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5949 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5950 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5951 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5952 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5953 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5954 relevant to POS.
5956 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5958 ;;;***
5960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21418 44988 932893
5961 ;;;;;; 0))
5962 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5964 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5965 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5966 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5968 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5969 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5971 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5973 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5974 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5975 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5976 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5977 is omitted or nil.
5979 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5980 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5981 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5982 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5984 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5985 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5987 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5988 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5990 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5992 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5996 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5997 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5998 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5999 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6001 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6003 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6004 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6006 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6007 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6008 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6010 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6011 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6013 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6014 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6015 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6017 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6018 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6019 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6020 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6022 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6024 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6025 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6027 Handlers are called with argument list
6029 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6031 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6033 `desktop-file-version'
6034 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6035 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6036 `desktop-buffer-point'
6037 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6038 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6039 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6041 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6042 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6044 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6045 code like
6047 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6049 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6050 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6052 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6054 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6056 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6057 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6058 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6059 List elements must have the form
6061 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6063 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6064 function.
6066 Handlers are called with argument list
6068 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6070 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6072 `desktop-file-version'
6073 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6074 `desktop-buffer-name'
6075 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6076 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6077 `desktop-buffer-point'
6078 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6079 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6080 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6082 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6083 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6084 created and set.
6086 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6087 code like
6089 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6091 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6092 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6094 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6096 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6098 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6100 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6101 Empty the Desktop.
6102 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6103 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6104 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6105 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6106 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6107 if different).
6109 \(fn)" t nil)
6111 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6112 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6113 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6114 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6115 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6116 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6118 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6120 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6121 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6122 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6124 \(fn)" t nil)
6126 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6127 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6128 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6129 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6130 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6131 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6132 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6133 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6135 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6137 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6138 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6139 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6141 \(fn)" nil nil)
6143 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6145 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6146 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6147 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6148 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6149 directory DIRNAME.
6151 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6153 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6154 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6156 \(fn)" t nil)
6158 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6159 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6161 \(fn)" t nil)
6163 ;;;***
6165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 53104
6166 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6169 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6170 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6171 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6172 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6173 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6174 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6176 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6178 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6179 Repair a broken attribution line.
6180 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6182 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6184 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6185 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6186 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6187 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6189 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6191 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6192 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6194 \(fn)" t nil)
6196 ;;;***
6198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21291
6199 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
6200 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6202 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6203 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6204 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6205 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6206 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6210 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6211 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6212 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6213 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6215 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6216 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6217 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6218 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6220 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6221 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6223 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6224 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6225 calendar-date-style 'european
6226 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6228 \(diary-mail-entries)
6230 # diary-rem.el ends here
6232 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6234 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6235 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6237 \(fn)" t nil)
6239 ;;;***
6241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6242 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6244 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6245 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6247 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6249 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6250 The command to use to run diff.")
6252 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6254 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6255 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6256 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6257 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6258 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6259 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6261 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6262 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6263 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6265 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6267 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6268 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6269 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6270 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6271 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6272 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6274 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6276 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6277 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6279 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6281 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6282 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6283 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6285 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6287 ;;;***
6289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21291 53104
6290 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6291 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6293 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6294 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6295 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6296 normal diffs.
6298 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6299 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6300 headers for you on-the-fly.
6302 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6303 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6304 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6306 \\{diff-mode-map}
6308 \(fn)" t nil)
6310 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6311 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6313 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6314 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6316 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6320 ;;;***
6322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6325 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6326 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6327 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6329 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6331 ;;;***
6333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21409 30011 484411 0))
6334 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6336 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6337 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6338 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6339 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6340 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6341 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6342 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6343 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6345 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6347 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6348 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6349 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6350 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6351 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6352 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6354 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6355 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6356 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6357 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6358 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6359 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6360 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6361 list of files to make directory entries for.
6362 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6363 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6364 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6366 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6368 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6369 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6371 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6372 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6374 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6375 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6377 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6378 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6380 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6382 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6383 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6385 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6387 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6388 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6389 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6390 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6391 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6392 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6393 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6394 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6395 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6396 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6397 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6398 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6399 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6400 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6401 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6402 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6403 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6404 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6405 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6406 to see why something went wrong.
6407 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6408 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6409 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6410 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6411 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6412 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6413 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6414 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6415 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6416 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6417 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6418 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6419 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6421 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6422 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6423 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6424 again for the directory tree.
6426 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6427 for more info):
6429 `dired-listing-switches'
6430 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6431 `dired-marker-char'
6432 `dired-del-marker'
6433 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6434 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6435 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6436 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6438 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6440 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6441 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6442 `dired-mode-hook'
6443 `dired-load-hook'
6445 Keybindings:
6446 \\{dired-mode-map}
6448 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6449 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6451 ;;;***
6453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6454 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6456 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6457 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6459 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6460 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6462 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6463 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6464 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6466 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6467 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6468 directory.
6470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6472 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6473 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6474 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6475 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6476 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6477 from `default-directory'.
6479 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6481 ;;;***
6483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 53104
6484 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6485 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6487 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6488 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6489 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6490 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6491 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6492 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6494 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6496 ;;;***
6498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 53104 0
6499 ;;;;;; 0))
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6502 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6503 Return a new, empty display table.
6505 \(fn)" nil nil)
6507 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6508 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6509 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6510 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6511 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6513 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6515 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6516 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6517 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6518 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6519 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6521 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6523 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6524 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6526 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6528 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6529 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6531 \(fn)" t nil)
6533 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6534 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6536 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6537 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6539 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6540 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6541 byte.
6543 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6544 in the default way after this call.
6546 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6548 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6549 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6551 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6553 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6554 Display character C using printable string S.
6556 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6558 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6559 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6560 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6561 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6563 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6565 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6566 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6567 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6568 X frame.
6570 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6572 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6573 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6575 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6577 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6578 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6580 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6582 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6583 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6585 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6587 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6588 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6590 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6592 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6593 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6595 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6597 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6598 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6600 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6601 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6603 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6604 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6606 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6607 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6608 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6609 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6611 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6612 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6613 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6614 in `.emacs'.
6616 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6618 ;;;***
6620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 53104
6621 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6622 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6624 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6625 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6626 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6627 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6628 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6629 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6630 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6631 Default is 2.
6633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6635 ;;;***
6637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6638 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6640 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6641 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6642 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6643 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6644 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6645 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6646 private or ask).
6647 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6648 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6649 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6650 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6651 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6653 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6655 ;;;***
6657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 53104
6658 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6659 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6661 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6662 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6663 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6664 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6665 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6666 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6667 table and its own syntax table.
6669 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6671 \(fn)" t nil)
6672 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6674 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6675 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6677 \(fn)" t nil)
6679 ;;;***
6681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21312 16713 0 0))
6682 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6684 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6685 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6686 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6687 OpenDocument format).
6689 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6691 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6692 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6694 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6695 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6697 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6698 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6699 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6701 \(fn)" t nil)
6703 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6704 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6705 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6706 to the next best mode.
6708 \(fn)" nil nil)
6710 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6711 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6716 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6720 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6723 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6725 ;;;***
6727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6728 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6730 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6731 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6733 \(fn)" t nil)
6735 ;;;***
6737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6740 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6741 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6742 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6743 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6744 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6746 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6747 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6751 ;;;***
6753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
6754 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6755 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6757 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6758 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6760 \(fn)" t nil)
6762 ;;;***
6764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6765 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
6766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6768 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6770 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6771 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6772 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6773 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6774 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6776 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6777 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6778 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6779 and disables it otherwise.
6781 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6782 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6783 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6784 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6786 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6787 documenting what its argument does.
6789 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6790 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6791 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6792 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6793 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6794 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6795 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6796 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6798 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6799 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6800 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6801 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6802 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6803 mode is global):
6805 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6806 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6807 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6808 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6809 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6810 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6811 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6812 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6813 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6814 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6815 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6816 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6817 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6818 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6819 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6820 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6821 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6822 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6823 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6824 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6825 in :variable).
6827 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6828 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6830 For example, you could write
6831 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6832 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6833 ...BODY CODE...)
6835 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6837 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6839 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6841 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6843 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6844 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6845 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6846 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6847 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6848 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6849 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6850 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6851 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6852 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6853 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6854 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6856 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6857 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6858 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6859 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6860 call another major mode in their body.
6862 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6863 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6864 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6866 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6868 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6870 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6871 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6872 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6873 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6874 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6875 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6876 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6878 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6880 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6881 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6882 :inherit Parent keymap.
6883 :group Ignored.
6884 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6885 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6887 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6889 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6890 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6891 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6892 the constant's documentation.
6894 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6896 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6897 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6898 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6900 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6902 ;;;***
6904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6905 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
6906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6908 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6909 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6910 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6911 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6913 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6914 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6915 as a top-level menu bar item.
6917 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6918 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6919 pairs:
6921 :filter FUNCTION
6922 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6923 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6924 items to actually display.
6926 :visible INCLUDE
6927 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6928 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6929 alias for `:visible'.
6931 :active ENABLE
6932 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6933 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6934 an alias for `:active'.
6936 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6937 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6939 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6941 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6943 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6944 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6946 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6947 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6949 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6951 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6953 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6954 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6956 :keys KEYS
6957 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6958 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6959 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6960 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6962 :key-sequence KEYS
6963 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6964 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6965 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6966 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6968 :active ENABLE
6969 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6970 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6971 alias for `:active'.
6973 :visible INCLUDE
6974 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6975 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6976 `:visible'.
6978 :label FORM
6979 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6980 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6982 :suffix FORM
6983 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6984 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6986 :style STYLE
6987 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6988 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6989 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6991 :selected SELECTED
6992 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6993 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6995 :help HELP
6996 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6998 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6999 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7000 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7002 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7003 MENU. This is a submenu.
7005 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7007 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7009 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7012 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7014 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7015 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7016 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7017 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7019 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7021 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7022 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7023 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7024 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7025 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7026 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7028 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7029 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7030 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7032 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7033 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7034 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7036 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7037 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7039 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7041 ;;;***
7043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 53104
7044 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7046 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7048 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7049 Customization for ebnf group.
7051 \(fn)" t nil)
7053 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7054 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7056 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7058 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7059 processed.
7061 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7063 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7065 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7066 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7068 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7069 killed after process termination.
7071 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7073 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7075 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7076 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7078 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7079 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7080 it to the printer.
7082 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7083 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7084 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7085 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7087 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7089 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7090 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7091 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7093 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7095 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7096 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7098 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7100 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7101 processed.
7103 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7105 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7107 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7108 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7110 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7111 killed after process termination.
7113 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7115 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7117 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7118 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7119 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7120 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7122 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7124 \(fn)" t nil)
7126 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7127 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7128 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7130 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7132 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7134 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7135 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7137 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7139 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7140 processed.
7142 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7144 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7149 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7150 killed after EPS generation.
7152 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7154 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7156 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7157 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7159 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7160 The EPS file name has the following form:
7162 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7164 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7165 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7167 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7168 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7169 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7170 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7171 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7173 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7174 files.
7176 \(fn)" t nil)
7178 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7179 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7181 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7182 The EPS file name has the following form:
7184 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7186 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7187 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7189 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7190 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7191 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7192 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7193 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7195 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7196 files.
7198 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7200 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7205 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7207 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7208 are processed.
7210 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7212 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7214 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7215 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7217 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7218 killed after syntax checking.
7220 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7222 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7227 \(fn)" t nil)
7229 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7230 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7232 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7237 \(fn)" nil nil)
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7242 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7244 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7249 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7251 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Delete style NAME.
7256 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7258 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7260 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7261 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7263 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7265 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Set STYLE as the current style.
7270 Returns the old style symbol.
7272 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7274 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7276 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7277 Reset current style.
7279 Returns the old style symbol.
7281 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7283 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7285 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7288 Returns the old style symbol.
7290 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7292 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7294 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7299 Returns the old style symbol.
7301 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7303 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7305 \(fn)" t nil)
7307 ;;;***
7309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 53104
7310 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7313 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7314 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7315 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7316 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7317 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7318 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7320 Tree mode key bindings:
7321 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7323 \(fn)" t nil)
7325 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7326 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7330 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7331 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7333 \(fn)" t nil)
7335 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7336 View declaration of member at point.
7338 \(fn)" t nil)
7340 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7341 Find declaration of member at point.
7343 \(fn)" t nil)
7345 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7346 View definition of member at point.
7348 \(fn)" t nil)
7350 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7351 Find definition of member at point.
7353 \(fn)" t nil)
7355 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7356 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7358 \(fn)" t nil)
7360 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7361 View definition of member at point in other window.
7363 \(fn)" t nil)
7365 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7366 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7371 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7373 \(fn)" t nil)
7375 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7376 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7378 \(fn)" t nil)
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7381 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7383 \(fn)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7386 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7387 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7388 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7389 completion.
7391 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7393 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7394 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7395 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7396 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7398 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7401 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7402 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7403 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7405 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7408 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7409 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7411 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7413 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7414 Search for call sites of a member.
7415 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7416 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7417 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7418 looks like a function call to the member.
7420 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7423 Move backward in the position stack.
7424 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7429 Move forward in the position stack.
7430 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7432 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7434 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7435 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7437 \(fn)" t nil)
7439 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7440 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7445 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7446 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7447 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7449 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7451 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7452 Display statistics for a class tree.
7454 \(fn)" t nil)
7456 ;;;***
7458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 53104 0
7459 ;;;;;; 0))
7460 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7462 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7463 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7464 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7465 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7466 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7467 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7468 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7470 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7472 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7473 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7474 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7475 also has this effect.
7476 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7477 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7478 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7479 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7480 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7481 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7482 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7483 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7484 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7485 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7487 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7489 ;;;***
7491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7494 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7495 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7496 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7498 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7500 ;;;***
7502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 53104
7503 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7506 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7509 \(fn)" nil nil)
7511 ;;;***
7513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21346 62196 0 0))
7514 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7515 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7517 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7518 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7519 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7520 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7521 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7522 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7524 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7526 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7527 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7528 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7529 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7530 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7532 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7533 an EDE controlled project.
7535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7537 ;;;***
7539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21291 53104
7540 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7543 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7544 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7545 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7546 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7547 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7549 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7550 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7551 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7552 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7554 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7556 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7557 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7558 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7559 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7561 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7563 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7564 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7565 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7566 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7568 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7570 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7572 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7573 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7574 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7575 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7576 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7578 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7579 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7580 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7581 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7582 instrumented for Edebug.
7584 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7585 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7586 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7587 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7588 already is one.)
7590 \(fn)" t nil)
7592 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7593 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7595 \(fn)" t nil)
7597 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7598 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7600 \(fn)" t nil)
7602 ;;;***
7604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21423 62909 33477 0))
7605 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7606 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7608 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7609 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7611 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7613 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7614 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7616 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7618 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7620 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7622 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7623 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7624 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7625 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7627 \(fn)" t nil)
7629 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7630 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7631 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7632 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7634 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7636 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7637 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7639 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7641 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7643 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7644 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7646 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7648 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7650 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7651 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7652 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7653 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7655 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7657 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7659 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7660 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7661 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7662 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7664 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7666 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7668 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7669 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7670 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7671 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7673 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7675 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7677 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7678 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7679 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7680 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7682 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7684 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7686 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7687 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7688 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7689 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7690 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7691 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7693 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7695 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7696 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7697 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7698 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7700 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7702 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7704 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7705 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7706 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7707 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7709 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7711 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7713 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7715 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7716 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7717 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7718 follows:
7719 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7720 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7722 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7724 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7725 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7726 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7727 follows:
7728 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7729 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7731 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7733 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7734 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7735 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7736 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7737 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7739 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7741 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7742 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7743 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7744 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7745 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7746 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7748 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7750 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7752 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7753 Merge two files without ancestor.
7755 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7757 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7758 Merge two files with ancestor.
7760 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7762 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7764 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7765 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7767 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7769 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7770 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7772 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7774 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7776 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7777 buffer.
7779 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7781 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7783 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7784 buffer.
7786 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7788 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7789 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7790 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7791 and don't ask the user.
7792 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7793 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7795 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7797 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7798 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7799 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7800 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7801 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7802 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7803 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7804 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7806 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7808 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7810 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7812 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7813 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7814 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7815 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7816 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7818 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7820 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7822 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7823 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7824 When called interactively, displays the version.
7826 \(fn)" t nil)
7828 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7829 Display Ediff's manual.
7830 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7832 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7834 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7837 \(fn)" nil nil)
7839 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7842 \(fn)" nil nil)
7844 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7847 \(fn)" nil nil)
7849 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7852 \(fn)" nil nil)
7854 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7857 \(fn)" nil nil)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7862 \(fn)" nil nil)
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7867 \(fn)" nil nil)
7869 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7872 \(fn)" nil nil)
7874 ;;;***
7876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 53104
7877 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7878 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7880 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7883 \(fn)" t nil)
7885 ;;;***
7887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21423 62909
7888 ;;;;;; 33477 0))
7889 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7891 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7892 Display Ediff's registry.
7894 \(fn)" t nil)
7896 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7898 ;;;***
7900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21349 10841
7901 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7902 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7904 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7905 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7906 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7907 which see.
7909 \(fn)" t nil)
7911 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7912 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7913 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7914 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7916 \(fn)" t nil)
7918 ;;;***
7920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7921 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7922 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7924 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7925 Edit a keyboard macro.
7926 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7927 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7928 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7929 its command name.
7930 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7932 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7934 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7935 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7937 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7939 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7940 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7942 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7944 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7945 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7946 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7947 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7948 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7949 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7951 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7952 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7953 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7954 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7956 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7958 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7959 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7960 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7961 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7962 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7963 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7965 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7967 ;;;***
7969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
7970 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7972 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7973 Set scroll margins.
7974 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7975 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7977 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7979 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7980 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7982 \(fn)" t nil)
7984 ;;;***
7986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21423 62909 33477 0))
7987 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7989 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7990 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7991 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7992 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7993 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7994 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7995 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7997 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7998 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8000 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8001 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8002 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8003 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8005 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8006 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8007 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8009 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8010 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8011 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8013 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8015 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8018 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8020 ;;;***
8022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21364 41525
8023 ;;;;;; 730218 0))
8024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8025 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8027 ;;;***
8029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
8030 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8032 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8034 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8035 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8036 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8037 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8038 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8039 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8040 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8042 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8044 ;;;***
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 53104
8047 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8050 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8051 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8053 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8055 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8056 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8057 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8058 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8059 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8061 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8062 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8063 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8064 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8065 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8066 expression point is on.
8068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8070 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8072 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8073 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8074 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8075 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8076 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8077 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8078 arg list.
8080 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8081 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8082 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8083 effect.
8085 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8086 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8088 ;;;***
8090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
8091 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8093 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8094 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8096 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8097 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8098 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8100 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8102 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8103 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8104 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8106 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8107 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8109 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8111 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8112 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8113 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8114 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8115 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8117 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8118 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8119 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8123 ;;;***
8125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 53104 0
8126 ;;;;;; 0))
8127 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8129 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8130 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8132 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8133 an elided material again.
8135 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8139 ;;;***
8141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 53104
8142 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8145 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8146 Lint the file FILE.
8148 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8150 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8151 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8152 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8154 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8156 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8157 Lint the current buffer.
8158 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8160 \(fn)" t nil)
8162 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8163 Lint the function at point.
8164 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8166 \(fn)" t nil)
8168 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8169 Initialize elint.
8170 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8171 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8173 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8175 ;;;***
8177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8180 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8181 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8182 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8184 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8186 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8187 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8188 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8189 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8191 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8193 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8194 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8195 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8197 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8199 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8201 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8202 Display current profiling results.
8203 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8204 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8205 displayed.
8207 \(fn)" t nil)
8209 ;;;***
8211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 53104 0
8212 ;;;;;; 0))
8213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8215 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8216 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8217 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8218 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8219 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8220 ARG is omitted or nil.
8222 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8223 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8224 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8225 used instead.
8227 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8229 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8230 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8231 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8233 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8237 ;;;***
8239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21295 7741 0
8240 ;;;;;; 0))
8241 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8243 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8244 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8245 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8247 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8249 ;;;***
8251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21363 20664 637808
8252 ;;;;;; 0))
8253 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8255 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8256 Run Emerge on two files.
8258 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8260 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8261 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8263 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8265 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8266 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8268 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8270 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8271 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8273 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8275 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8278 \(fn)" nil nil)
8280 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8283 \(fn)" nil nil)
8285 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8288 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8290 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8293 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8295 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8296 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8298 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8300 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8301 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8303 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8305 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8308 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8310 ;;;***
8312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 53104
8313 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8314 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8316 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8317 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8318 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8319 text/enriched format.
8321 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8322 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8323 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8325 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8327 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8328 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8330 Commands:
8332 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8336 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8339 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8341 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8344 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8346 ;;;***
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8351 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8352 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8354 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8356 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8357 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8359 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8361 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8362 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8363 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8364 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8365 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8366 the keys are listed.
8367 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8369 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8371 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8372 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8373 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8375 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8377 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8378 Verify FILE.
8380 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8382 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8383 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8385 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8387 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8388 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8390 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8392 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8393 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8395 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8396 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8397 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8398 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8400 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8401 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8402 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8403 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8404 should consider using the string based counterpart
8405 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8406 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8408 For example:
8410 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8411 (decode-coding-string
8412 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8413 'utf-8))
8415 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8417 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8418 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8420 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8421 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8423 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8425 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8426 Verify the current region between START and END.
8428 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8429 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8430 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8431 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8432 should consider using the string based counterpart
8433 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8434 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8436 For example:
8438 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8439 (decode-coding-string
8440 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8441 'utf-8))
8443 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8445 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8446 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8447 between START and END.
8449 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8450 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8452 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8454 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8455 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8457 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8458 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8459 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8460 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8461 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8462 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8464 For example:
8466 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8467 (epg-sign-string
8468 context
8469 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8471 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8473 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8474 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8476 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8477 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8478 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8479 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8480 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8481 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8483 For example:
8485 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8486 (epg-encrypt-string
8487 context
8488 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8489 nil))
8491 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8493 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8494 Delete selected KEYS.
8496 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8499 Import keys from FILE.
8501 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8503 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8504 Import keys from the region.
8506 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8508 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8509 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8510 between START and END.
8512 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8514 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8515 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8517 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8520 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8522 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8524 ;;;***
8526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8527 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8529 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8530 Decrypt marked files.
8532 \(fn)" t nil)
8534 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8535 Verify marked files.
8537 \(fn)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8540 Sign marked files.
8542 \(fn)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8545 Encrypt marked files.
8547 \(fn)" t nil)
8549 ;;;***
8551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8552 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8554 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8557 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8559 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8562 \(fn)" t nil)
8564 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8567 \(fn)" t nil)
8569 ;;;***
8571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8572 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8574 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8575 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8576 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8577 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8578 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8582 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8583 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8584 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8586 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8588 \(fn)" t nil)
8590 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8591 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8592 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8594 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8596 \(fn)" t nil)
8598 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8599 Sign the current buffer.
8600 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8602 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8604 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8606 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8607 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8608 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8609 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8610 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8611 and also whether and how to sign.
8613 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8614 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8615 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8617 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8619 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8621 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8622 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8623 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8625 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8629 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8630 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8631 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8634 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8636 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8638 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8639 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8641 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8642 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8646 ;;;***
8648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8650 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8652 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8653 Return a context object.
8655 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8657 ;;;***
8659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21291 53104 0
8660 ;;;;;; 0))
8661 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8663 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8664 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8666 \(fn)" nil nil)
8668 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8669 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8671 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8673 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8674 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8676 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8678 ;;;***
8680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8682 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8684 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8685 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8687 \(fn)" nil nil)
8689 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8690 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8691 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8693 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8695 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8696 (server (erc-compute-server))
8697 (port (erc-compute-port))
8698 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8699 password
8700 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8702 That is, if called with
8704 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8706 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8707 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8708 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8710 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8712 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8714 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8715 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8716 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8718 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8720 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8721 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8722 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8723 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8725 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8727 ;;;***
8729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8730 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8731 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8732 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8734 ;;;***
8736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 53104
8737 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8738 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8739 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8741 ;;;***
8743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 53104
8744 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8745 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8746 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8748 ;;;***
8750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 53104
8751 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8752 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8753 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8755 ;;;***
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8759 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8761 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8762 Parser for /dcc command.
8763 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8764 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8765 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8767 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8769 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8770 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8772 \(fn)" nil nil)
8774 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8775 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8777 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8778 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8779 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8780 that subcommand.
8782 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8784 ;;;***
8786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8787 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8789 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8791 ;;;***
8793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8794 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8797 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8798 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8800 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8802 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8803 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8804 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8805 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8807 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8809 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8812 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8814 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8815 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8817 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8819 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8820 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8822 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8824 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8825 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8827 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8829 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8830 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8832 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8834 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8835 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8837 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8839 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8840 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8842 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8844 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8845 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8847 \(fn)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8850 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8852 \(fn)" nil nil)
8854 ;;;***
8856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 53104 0
8857 ;;;;;; 0))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8859 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8861 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8862 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8863 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8865 \(fn)" nil nil)
8867 ;;;***
8869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 53104
8870 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8871 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8872 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8874 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8875 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8876 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8877 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8878 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8879 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8880 system.
8882 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8884 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8887 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8889 ;;;***
8891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 53104
8892 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8895 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8898 \(fn)" nil nil)
8900 ;;;***
8902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 53104 0
8903 ;;;;;; 0))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8905 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8907 ;;;***
8909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21307 46976 0
8910 ;;;;;; 0))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8912 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8914 ;;;***
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8918 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8920 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8921 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8922 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8923 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8924 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8925 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8927 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8929 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8930 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8931 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8932 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8934 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8935 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8936 automatically.
8938 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8939 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8941 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8943 ;;;***
8945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 53104
8946 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8947 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8948 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8950 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8951 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8953 \(fn)" t nil)
8955 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8956 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8958 \(fn)" t nil)
8960 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8961 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8963 \(fn)" t nil)
8965 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8966 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8968 \(fn)" t nil)
8970 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8971 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8973 \(fn)" t nil)
8975 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8976 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8978 \(fn)" t nil)
8980 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8981 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8983 \(fn)" t nil)
8985 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8986 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8988 \(fn)" t nil)
8990 ;;;***
8992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 53104 0
8993 ;;;;;; 0))
8994 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8995 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8997 ;;;***
8999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
9000 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9002 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9004 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9005 Show who's gone.
9007 \(fn)" nil nil)
9009 ;;;***
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
9012 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9015 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9016 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9017 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9018 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9020 \(fn)" nil nil)
9022 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9023 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9025 \(fn)" t nil)
9027 ;;;***
9029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 53104
9030 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9032 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9034 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9035 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9036 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9037 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9039 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9041 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9044 \(fn)" nil nil)
9046 ;;;***
9048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 53104 0
9049 ;;;;;; 0))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9051 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9053 ;;;***
9055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9056 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9058 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9060 ;;;***
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 53104
9063 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9067 ;;;***
9069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 53104 0
9070 ;;;;;; 0))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9072 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9074 ;;;***
9076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9077 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9079 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9081 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9082 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9084 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9086 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9087 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9088 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9090 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9092 ;;;***
9094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 53104
9095 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9097 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9099 ;;;***
9101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9102 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9103 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9105 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9106 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9107 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9109 \(fn)" t nil)
9111 ;;;***
9113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9114 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9115 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9116 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9118 ;;;***
9120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 53104
9121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9122 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9123 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9125 ;;;***
9127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21291 53104
9128 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9129 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9131 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9132 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9133 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9135 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9137 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9138 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9140 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9141 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9143 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9144 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9145 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9146 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9149 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9151 ;;;***
9153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9154 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9155 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9156 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9158 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9159 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9160 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9161 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9163 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9165 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9166 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9167 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9169 \(fn)" t nil)
9171 ;;;***
9173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 53104 0
9174 ;;;;;; 0))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9176 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9178 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9179 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9181 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9183 ;;;***
9185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9188 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9189 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9191 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9192 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9194 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9195 useful for assertions in BODY.
9197 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9199 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9200 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9201 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9203 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9205 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9207 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9209 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9210 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9212 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9213 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9214 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9215 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9217 Returns the stats object.
9219 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9221 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9222 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9224 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9225 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9226 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9227 the tests).
9229 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9231 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9232 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9234 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9235 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9236 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9237 and how to display message.
9239 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9241 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9243 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9244 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9246 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9248 ;;;***
9250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 53104
9251 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9254 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9256 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9257 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9259 \(fn)" t nil)
9261 ;;;***
9263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 53104
9264 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9265 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9267 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9268 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9270 \(fn)" t nil)
9272 ;;;***
9274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 53104 0
9275 ;;;;;; 0))
9276 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9277 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9279 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9280 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9281 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9282 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9283 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9284 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9285 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9286 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9287 buffer selected (or created).
9289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9291 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9292 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9293 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9295 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9297 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9298 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9299 The result might be any Lisp object.
9300 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9301 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9302 corresponding to a successful execution.
9304 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9306 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9308 ;;;***
9310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 53104 0
9311 ;;;;;; 0))
9312 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9314 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9315 File name of tags table.
9316 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9317 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9318 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9319 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9320 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9322 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9323 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9324 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9325 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9327 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9329 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9330 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9331 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9332 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9333 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9334 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9336 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9338 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9339 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9340 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9342 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9344 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9345 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9346 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9347 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9348 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9350 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9352 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9353 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9354 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9355 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9357 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9359 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9360 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9361 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9362 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9363 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9365 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9367 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9368 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9370 \(fn)" t nil)
9372 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9373 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9374 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9375 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9377 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9378 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9379 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9380 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9381 file the tag was in.
9383 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9385 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9386 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9387 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9388 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9389 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9390 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9391 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9392 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9393 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9395 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9397 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9398 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9399 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9400 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9401 without directory names.
9403 \(fn)" nil nil)
9404 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9405 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9406 (progn
9407 (load "etags")
9408 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9410 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9411 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9412 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9413 but does not select the buffer.
9414 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9416 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9417 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9418 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9419 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9420 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9422 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9424 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9425 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9426 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9428 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9430 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9432 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9433 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9434 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9435 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9437 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9438 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9439 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9440 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9441 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9443 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9445 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9446 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9447 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9449 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9451 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9452 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9454 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9455 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9456 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9457 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9458 around or before point.
9460 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9461 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9462 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9463 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9464 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9466 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9468 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9469 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9470 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9472 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9474 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9475 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9477 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9478 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9479 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9480 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9481 around or before point.
9483 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9484 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9485 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9486 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9487 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9489 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9491 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9492 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9493 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9495 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9497 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9498 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9500 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9501 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9502 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9504 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9505 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9506 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9507 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9508 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9510 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9512 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9513 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9514 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9516 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9518 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9519 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9520 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9522 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9523 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9525 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9526 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9527 where they were found.
9529 \(fn)" t nil)
9531 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9532 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9534 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9535 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9536 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9538 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9539 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9541 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9542 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9544 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9546 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9547 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9548 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9549 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9551 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9552 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9553 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9554 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9555 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9557 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9558 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9560 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9561 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9562 Stops when a match is found.
9563 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9565 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9566 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9567 restricted to these files.
9569 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9571 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9573 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9574 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9575 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9576 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9577 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9578 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9579 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9580 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9582 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9583 produce the list of files to search.
9585 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9587 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9589 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9590 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9591 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9592 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9593 directory specification.
9595 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9597 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9598 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9600 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9602 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9603 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9604 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9605 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9607 \(fn)" t nil)
9609 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9610 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9611 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9612 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9613 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9615 \(fn)" t nil)
9617 ;;;***
9619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9620 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9621 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9623 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9626 \(fn)" nil nil)
9628 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9629 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9631 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9632 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9634 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9635 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9636 primary language.
9638 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9639 even if the buffer is read-only.
9641 See also the descriptions of the variables
9642 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9644 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9646 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9647 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9649 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9650 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9652 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9653 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9654 primary language.
9656 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9657 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9659 See also the descriptions of the variables
9660 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9662 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9664 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9665 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9666 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9667 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9669 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9671 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9672 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9673 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9674 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9676 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9677 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9678 primary language.
9680 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9681 buffer is read-only.
9683 See also the descriptions of the variables
9684 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9685 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9687 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9689 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9690 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9692 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9693 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9695 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9696 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9697 the primary language.
9699 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9700 buffer is read-only.
9702 See also the descriptions of the variables
9703 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9704 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9706 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9708 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9709 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9710 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9712 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9714 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9715 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9717 \(fn)" t nil)
9719 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9720 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9722 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9723 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9724 be 1, 2, or 3.
9726 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9727 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9728 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9730 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9732 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9734 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9735 This function is deprecated.
9737 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9739 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9740 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9742 \(fn)" t nil)
9744 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9745 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9747 \(fn)" t nil)
9749 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9750 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9752 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9753 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9755 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9756 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9758 \(fn)" nil nil)
9760 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9761 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9763 \(fn)" nil nil)
9765 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9766 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9768 \(fn)" nil nil)
9770 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9771 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9773 \(fn)" nil nil)
9775 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9776 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9777 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9779 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9781 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9784 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9786 ;;;***
9788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9789 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9791 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9792 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9793 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9794 server for future sessions.
9796 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9798 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9799 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9800 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9802 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9804 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9805 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9806 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9808 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9810 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9811 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9812 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9813 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9814 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9815 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9816 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9817 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9818 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9819 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9820 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9821 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9823 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9825 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9826 Display a form to query the directory server.
9827 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9828 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9830 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9832 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9833 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9834 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9836 \(fn)" t nil)
9838 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9840 ;;;***
9842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 53104 0
9843 ;;;;;; 0))
9844 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9846 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9847 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9849 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9851 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9852 Display URL and make it clickable.
9854 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9856 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9857 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9859 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9861 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9862 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9864 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9866 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9867 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9869 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9871 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9872 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9874 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9876 ;;;***
9878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 53104
9879 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9880 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9882 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9883 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9884 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9886 \(fn)" t nil)
9888 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9889 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9891 \(fn)" t nil)
9893 ;;;***
9895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9896 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9897 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9899 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9900 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9902 \(fn)" t nil)
9904 ;;;***
9906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 53104 0
9907 ;;;;;; 0))
9908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9910 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9911 Create an empty ewoc.
9913 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9915 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9916 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9917 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9918 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9919 `insert-before-markers'.
9921 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9922 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9923 respectively, of the ewoc.
9925 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9926 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9927 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9929 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9931 ;;;***
9933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21420 48935 113702 389000))
9934 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9936 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9937 Fetch URL and render the page.
9938 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9939 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9941 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9942 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9944 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9945 Render a file using EWW.
9947 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9949 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9952 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9954 ;;;***
9956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9957 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
9958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9960 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9961 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9962 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9964 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9966 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9967 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9968 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9969 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9970 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9972 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9974 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9975 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9976 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9977 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9978 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9979 executable.
9981 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9983 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9984 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9985 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9987 \(fn)" t nil)
9989 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9990 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9991 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9992 file modes.
9994 \(fn)" nil nil)
9996 ;;;***
9998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
9999 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10001 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10002 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10003 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10004 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10006 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10008 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10009 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10010 to generate such functions.
10012 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10013 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10014 beginning of the expanded text.
10016 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10017 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10018 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10019 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10021 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10023 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10025 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10026 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10027 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10029 \(fn)" nil nil)
10031 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10032 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10033 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10035 \(fn)" t nil)
10037 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10038 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10039 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10041 \(fn)" t nil)
10042 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10043 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10045 ;;;***
10047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21423 62909 33477
10048 ;;;;;; 0))
10049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10051 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10052 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10053 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10055 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10056 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10057 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10059 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10061 Key definitions:
10062 \\{f90-mode-map}
10064 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10066 `f90-do-indent'
10067 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10068 `f90-if-indent'
10069 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10070 `f90-type-indent'
10071 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10072 `f90-program-indent'
10073 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10074 (default 2).
10075 `f90-associate-indent'
10076 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10077 `f90-critical-indent'
10078 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10079 `f90-continuation-indent'
10080 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10081 `f90-comment-region'
10082 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10083 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10084 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10085 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10086 (default \"!\").
10087 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10088 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10089 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10090 `f90-break-delimiters'
10091 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10092 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10093 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10094 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10095 (default t).
10096 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10097 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10098 `f90-smart-end'
10099 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10100 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10101 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10102 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10103 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10104 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10105 `f90-leave-line-no'
10106 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10108 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10109 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10111 \(fn)" t nil)
10113 ;;;***
10115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 53104 0
10116 ;;;;;; 0))
10117 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10119 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10120 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10121 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10122 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10124 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10125 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10126 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10127 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10128 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10130 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10131 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10132 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10133 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10134 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10135 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10136 attributes.
10138 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10139 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10141 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10143 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10144 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10145 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10146 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10148 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10150 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10151 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10152 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10153 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10155 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10156 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10157 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10159 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10160 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10161 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10162 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10164 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10166 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10167 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10168 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10170 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10171 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10172 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10173 the same amount).
10175 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10177 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10178 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10179 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10181 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10182 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10183 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10184 will remove any scaling currently active.
10186 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10188 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10189 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10190 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10192 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10193 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10194 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10195 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10196 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10198 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10199 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10201 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10203 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10204 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10206 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10207 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10208 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10210 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10211 the face height as long as the input event read
10212 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10214 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10215 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10216 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10217 will remove any scaling currently active.
10219 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10220 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10221 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10222 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10223 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10225 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10227 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10228 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10229 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10230 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10231 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10232 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10236 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10237 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10238 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10239 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10240 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10241 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10242 `buffer-face-mode'.
10244 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10245 local, and sets it to FACE.
10247 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10249 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10250 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10251 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10252 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10253 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10254 `face' text property.
10256 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10257 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10258 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10259 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10261 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10262 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10264 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10266 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10267 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10268 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10269 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10273 ;;;***
10275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 53104
10276 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10278 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10280 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10281 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10282 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10283 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10285 \(fn)" nil nil)
10287 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10288 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10292 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10293 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10294 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10295 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10299 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10300 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10301 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10302 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10303 backup file names and the like).
10305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10307 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10308 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10309 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10310 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10311 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10312 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10313 internally by feedmail):
10315 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10316 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10317 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10318 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10320 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10321 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10322 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10323 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10324 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10326 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10328 ;;;***
10330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10331 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10333 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10334 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10335 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10336 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10337 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10338 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10339 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10341 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10343 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10344 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10345 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10346 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10347 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10348 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10349 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10351 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10353 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10355 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10356 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10357 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10358 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10359 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10360 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10362 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10364 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10365 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10366 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10367 Return value:
10368 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10369 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10370 * otherwise, nil
10372 \(fn E)" t nil)
10374 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10375 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10376 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10378 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10380 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10381 Try to get a file name at point.
10382 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10384 \(fn)" nil nil)
10386 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10387 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10389 \(fn)" t nil)
10391 ;;;***
10393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10394 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10396 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10397 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10398 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10399 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10401 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10403 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10404 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10405 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10406 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10407 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10408 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10410 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10412 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10413 Add FILE to the file cache.
10415 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10417 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10418 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10419 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10421 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10423 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10424 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10425 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10427 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10429 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10430 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10431 This function does not use any external programs.
10432 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10433 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10434 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10436 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10438 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10439 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10440 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10441 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10442 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10443 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10444 \(directories) is done.
10446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10448 ;;;***
10450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 53104 0
10451 ;;;;;; 0))
10452 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10454 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10455 Handle file system monitoring event.
10456 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10457 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10459 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10461 ;;;***
10463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10464 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10466 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10467 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10469 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10470 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10471 Local Variables list.
10473 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10474 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10475 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10477 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10479 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10480 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10482 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10484 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10485 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10487 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10488 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10489 the -*- line.
10491 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10492 then this function adds it.
10494 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10496 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10497 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10499 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10501 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10502 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10504 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10506 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10507 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10509 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10511 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10512 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10514 \(fn)" t nil)
10516 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10517 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10519 \(fn)" t nil)
10521 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10522 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10524 \(fn)" t nil)
10526 ;;;***
10528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10529 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10531 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10532 Filesets initialization.
10533 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10535 \(fn)" nil nil)
10537 ;;;***
10539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10540 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10541 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10543 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10544 Initiate the building of a find command.
10545 For example:
10547 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10548 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10549 (mtime \"+1\"))
10550 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10552 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10553 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10555 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10557 ;;;***
10559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 53104 0
10560 ;;;;;; 0))
10561 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10563 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10564 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10565 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10567 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10569 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10570 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10572 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10574 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10575 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10576 and run Dired on those files.
10577 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10578 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10580 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10582 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10584 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10586 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10587 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10588 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10590 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10591 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10593 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10594 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10596 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10598 ;;;***
10600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10601 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10603 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10604 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10605 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10606 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10607 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10608 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10609 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10611 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10613 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10614 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10615 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10617 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10619 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10621 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10623 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10624 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10625 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10627 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10628 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10630 Variables of interest include:
10632 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10633 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10634 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10636 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10637 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10638 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10640 - `ff-ignore-include'
10641 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10643 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10644 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10646 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10647 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10649 - `ff-special-constructs'
10650 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10651 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10652 extracting the filename from that construct.
10654 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10655 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10657 - `ff-search-directories'
10658 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10659 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10661 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10662 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10664 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10665 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10667 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10668 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10670 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10671 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10673 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10674 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10676 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10678 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10679 Visit the file you click on.
10681 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10683 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10684 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10686 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10688 ;;;***
10690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10691 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
10692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10694 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10695 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10696 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10698 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10700 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10701 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10702 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10703 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10705 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10706 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10707 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10708 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10710 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10712 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10713 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10715 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10716 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10717 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10718 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10720 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10721 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10722 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10724 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10725 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10726 in `load-path'.
10728 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10730 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10731 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10733 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10734 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10735 places point before the definition.
10736 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10738 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10739 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10740 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10742 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10744 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10745 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10747 See `find-function' for more details.
10749 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10751 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10752 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10754 See `find-function' for more details.
10756 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10758 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10759 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10761 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10762 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10763 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10765 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10766 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10768 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10770 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10771 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10773 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10774 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10775 places point before the definition.
10777 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10779 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10780 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10781 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10783 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10785 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10786 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10788 See `find-variable' for more details.
10790 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10792 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10793 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10795 See `find-variable' for more details.
10797 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10799 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10800 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10801 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10802 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10803 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10804 buffer nor display it.
10806 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10807 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10809 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10811 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10812 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10814 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10815 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10816 places point before the definition.
10818 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10820 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10821 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10822 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10824 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10826 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10827 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10828 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10830 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10832 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10833 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10835 \(fn)" t nil)
10837 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10838 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10840 \(fn)" t nil)
10842 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10843 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10845 \(fn)" nil nil)
10847 ;;;***
10849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10850 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10852 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10853 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10855 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10857 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10858 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10860 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10862 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10863 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10865 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10867 ;;;***
10869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21423 62909 33477 0))
10870 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10871 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10873 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10874 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10876 \(fn)" t nil)
10878 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10879 Display FILE's commentary section.
10880 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10882 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10884 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10885 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10887 \(fn)" t nil)
10889 ;;;***
10891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
10892 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10894 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10895 Toggle flow control handling.
10896 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10897 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10899 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10901 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10902 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10903 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10904 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10905 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10906 to get the effect of a C-q.
10908 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10910 ;;;***
10912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 53104
10913 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10916 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10921 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10924 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10926 ;;;***
10928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 53104
10929 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10931 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10933 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10934 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10935 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10936 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10937 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10938 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10942 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10943 Turn flymake mode on.
10945 \(fn)" nil nil)
10947 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10948 Turn flymake mode off.
10950 \(fn)" nil nil)
10952 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10955 \(fn)" nil nil)
10957 ;;;***
10959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 53104
10960 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10963 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10964 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10966 \(fn)" t nil)
10967 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10969 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10970 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10971 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10972 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10973 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10975 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10976 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10977 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10979 Bindings:
10980 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10981 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10982 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10983 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10985 Hooks:
10986 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10988 Remark:
10989 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10990 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10991 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10993 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10994 consider adding:
10995 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10996 in your init file.
10998 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10999 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11003 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11004 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11006 \(fn)" nil nil)
11008 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11009 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11011 \(fn)" nil nil)
11013 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11014 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11016 \(fn)" nil nil)
11018 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11019 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11021 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11023 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11024 Flyspell whole buffer.
11026 \(fn)" t nil)
11028 ;;;***
11030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11031 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11032 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11034 ;;;***
11036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11037 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11039 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11040 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11042 \(fn)" nil nil)
11044 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11045 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11047 \(fn)" nil nil)
11049 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11050 Toggle Follow mode.
11051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11052 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11053 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11055 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11056 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11058 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11059 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11060 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11062 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11063 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11064 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11065 movement commands.
11067 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11068 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11069 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11070 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11071 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11072 mileage may vary).
11074 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11075 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11077 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11079 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11081 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11082 \\{follow-mode-map}
11084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11086 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11087 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11089 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11090 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11091 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11092 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11093 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11094 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11096 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11097 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11098 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11102 ;;;***
11104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 53104
11105 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11106 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11107 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11109 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11110 Toggle Footnote mode.
11111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11112 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11113 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11115 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11116 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11117 play around with the following keys:
11118 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11122 ;;;***
11124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11125 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11127 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11128 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11130 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11131 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11132 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11133 C-c < forms-first-record <
11134 C-c > forms-last-record >
11135 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11136 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11137 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11138 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11139 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11140 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11141 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11142 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11143 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11144 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11146 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11148 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11149 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11151 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11153 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11154 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11156 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11158 ;;;***
11160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 53104
11161 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11164 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11165 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11166 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11168 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11169 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11171 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11173 Key definitions:
11174 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11176 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11178 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11179 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11180 `fortran-do-indent'
11181 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11182 `fortran-if-indent'
11183 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11184 `fortran-structure-indent'
11185 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11186 (default 3)
11187 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11188 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11189 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11190 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11191 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11192 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11193 nil don't change the indentation
11194 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11195 value of either
11196 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11197 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11198 depending on the continuation format in use.
11199 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11200 indentation for a line of code.
11201 (default 'fixed)
11202 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11203 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11204 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11205 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11206 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11207 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11208 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11209 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11210 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11211 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11212 column 5.
11213 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11214 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11215 statements (default nil).
11216 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11217 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11218 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11219 `fortran-continuation-string'
11220 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11221 line (default \"$\").
11222 `fortran-comment-region'
11223 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11224 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11225 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11226 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11227 as typed (default t).
11228 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11229 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11231 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11232 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11234 \(fn)" t nil)
11236 ;;;***
11238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 53104 0
11239 ;;;;;; 0))
11240 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11242 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11243 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11245 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11246 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11248 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11250 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11251 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11253 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11254 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11256 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11258 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11259 Compile fortune file.
11261 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11262 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11264 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11266 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11267 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11269 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11270 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11271 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11272 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11274 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11276 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11277 Display a fortune cookie.
11278 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11279 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11280 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11281 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11283 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11285 ;;;***
11287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 58261 0 0))
11288 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11290 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11291 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11292 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11294 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11295 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11296 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11298 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11299 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11301 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11302 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11304 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11305 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11306 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11307 intend to modify existing values, do
11309 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11311 before changing anything.
11313 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11314 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11316 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11317 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11318 to restore the frame.
11320 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11321 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11322 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11324 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11325 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11326 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11327 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11328 FILTER A filter function.
11330 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11331 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11333 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11335 where
11337 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11338 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11339 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11340 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11341 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11342 before restoring it.
11343 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11345 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11346 It must return:
11347 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11348 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11349 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11351 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11352 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11354 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11355 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11356 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11357 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11358 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11359 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11360 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11362 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11364 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11365 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11367 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11369 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11370 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11371 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11372 If nil, check all live frames.
11374 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11376 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11377 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11378 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11379 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11380 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11381 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11382 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11383 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11384 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11385 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11386 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11388 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11390 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11391 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11393 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11394 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11395 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11396 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11397 and window-state is not restored.
11399 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11400 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11402 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11403 t All existing frames can be reused.
11404 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11405 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11406 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11407 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11409 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11410 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11411 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11412 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11413 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11414 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11415 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11416 be created from that parameter alist.
11418 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11419 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11420 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11421 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11422 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11423 - the live frame just restored,
11424 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11425 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11426 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11428 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11429 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11430 nil Keep all frames.
11431 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11432 - FRAME, a live frame.
11433 - ACTION, which can be one of
11434 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11435 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11436 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11437 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11438 Return value is ignored.
11440 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11441 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11442 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11443 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11444 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11446 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11448 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11450 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11451 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11452 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11454 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11456 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11457 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11458 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11459 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11461 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11463 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11465 ;;;***
11467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 53104
11468 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11470 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11472 ;;;***
11474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21346 62196
11475 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11478 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11479 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11480 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11482 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11484 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11485 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11486 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11487 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11488 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11489 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11490 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11494 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11495 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11496 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11497 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11499 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11500 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11501 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11502 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11503 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11505 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11506 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11507 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11508 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11510 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11511 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11512 shown in some of the buffers.
11514 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11516 The following commands help control operation :
11518 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11519 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11521 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11522 detailed description of this mode.
11525 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11526 | GDB Toolbar |
11527 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11528 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11529 | | |
11530 | | |
11531 | | |
11532 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11533 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11534 | | (comint-mode) |
11535 | | |
11536 | | |
11537 | | |
11538 | | |
11539 | | |
11540 | | |
11541 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11542 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11543 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11544 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11545 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11546 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11548 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11550 ;;;***
11552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 53104
11553 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11556 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11557 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11558 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11559 instead (which see).")
11561 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11562 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11564 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11565 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11566 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11567 documentation string instead.
11569 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11570 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11571 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11572 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11573 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11574 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11575 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11576 enders are actually possible.
11578 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11579 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11581 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11582 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11583 `font-lock-keywords'.
11585 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11586 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11587 runs the macro expansion.
11589 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11590 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11591 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11593 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11595 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11597 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11599 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11601 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11602 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11604 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11606 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11607 Enter generic mode MODE.
11609 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11610 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11611 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11613 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11614 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11616 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11618 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11619 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11620 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11621 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11622 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11623 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11624 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11625 `font-lock-keywords'.
11627 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11629 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11631 ;;;***
11633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 53104
11634 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11637 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11638 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11640 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11641 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11642 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11646 ;;;***
11648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 53104
11649 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11652 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11653 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11654 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11656 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11658 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11659 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11661 Guideline for numbers:
11662 1 - error messages
11663 3 - non-serious error messages
11664 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11665 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11666 9 - messages inside loops.
11668 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11670 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11671 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11672 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11674 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11676 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11677 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11679 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11681 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11682 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11684 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11685 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11686 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11687 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11688 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11689 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11691 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11692 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11693 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11694 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11695 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11697 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11699 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11701 ;;;***
11703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
11704 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11705 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11706 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11707 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11709 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11710 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11714 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11715 Read network news.
11716 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11717 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11718 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11719 name of an NNTP server to use.
11720 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11721 server.
11723 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11725 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11726 Read news as a slave.
11728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11730 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11731 Pop up a frame to read news.
11732 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11733 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11734 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11735 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11736 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11737 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11738 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11739 current display is used.
11741 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11743 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11744 Read network news.
11745 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11746 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11747 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11749 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11751 ;;;***
11753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 53104
11754 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11757 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11758 Start Gnus unplugged.
11760 \(fn)" t nil)
11762 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11763 Start Gnus plugged.
11765 \(fn)" t nil)
11767 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11768 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11772 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11773 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11775 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11776 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11777 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11779 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11780 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11781 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11783 \(fn)" t nil)
11785 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11786 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11788 \(fn)" nil nil)
11790 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11791 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11792 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11793 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11794 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11795 supported.
11797 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11799 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11800 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11801 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11802 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11803 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11804 supported.
11806 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11808 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11809 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11811 \(fn)" nil nil)
11813 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11814 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11815 downloaded into the agent.
11817 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11819 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11820 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11821 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11822 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11824 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11826 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11827 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11829 \(fn)" t nil)
11831 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11832 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11834 \(fn)" t nil)
11836 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11837 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11838 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11840 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11842 ;;;***
11844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 53104
11845 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11848 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11849 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11851 \(fn)" nil nil)
11853 ;;;***
11855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11856 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
11857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11859 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11860 Set a bookmark for this article.
11862 \(fn)" t nil)
11864 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11865 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11867 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11869 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11870 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11871 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11872 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11873 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11875 \(fn)" t nil)
11877 ;;;***
11879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 53104
11880 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11883 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11884 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11886 Usage:
11887 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11889 \(fn)" t nil)
11891 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11892 Generate the cache active file.
11894 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11896 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11897 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11899 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11901 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11902 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11903 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11904 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11905 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11906 supported.
11908 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11910 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11911 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11912 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11913 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11914 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11915 supported.
11917 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11919 ;;;***
11921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 53104
11922 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11925 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11926 Delay this article by some time.
11927 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11929 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11930 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11932 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11933 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11935 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11936 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11938 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11940 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11941 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11943 \(fn)" t nil)
11945 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11946 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11947 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11948 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11950 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11951 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11953 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11955 ;;;***
11957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 53104
11958 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11961 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11964 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11966 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11969 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11971 ;;;***
11973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 53104
11974 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11977 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11978 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11980 \(fn)" t nil)
11982 ;;;***
11984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 53104
11985 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11988 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11989 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11991 \(fn)" t nil)
11993 ;;;***
11995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21352 50356
11996 ;;;;;; 891885 0))
11997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11999 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12000 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12002 \(fn)" t nil)
12004 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12005 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12007 \(fn)" t nil)
12009 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12010 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12012 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12013 different input formats.
12015 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12017 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12018 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12020 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12021 different input formats.
12023 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12025 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12026 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12027 The PNG is returned as a string.
12029 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12031 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12032 Convert FILE to a Face.
12033 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12034 726 bytes.
12036 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12038 ;;;***
12040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12041 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
12042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12044 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12045 Display gravatar in the From header.
12046 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12048 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12050 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12051 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12052 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12054 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12056 ;;;***
12058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 53104
12059 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12060 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12062 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12063 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12064 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12065 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12067 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12069 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12070 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12072 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12074 ;;;***
12076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 53104
12077 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12080 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12083 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12085 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12088 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12090 ;;;***
12092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 53104
12093 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12096 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12098 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12099 Run batched scoring.
12100 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12102 \(fn)" t nil)
12104 ;;;***
12106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 53104 0
12107 ;;;;;; 0))
12108 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12110 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12113 \(fn)" nil nil)
12115 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12116 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12117 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12119 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12121 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12122 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12124 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12128 ;;;***
12130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 53104
12131 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12134 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12135 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12136 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12137 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12138 group parameters.
12140 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12141 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12142 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12143 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12145 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12146 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12147 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12148 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12149 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12150 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12151 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12152 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12153 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12154 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12156 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12158 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12159 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12160 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12161 nil CATCH-ALL).
12163 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12164 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12166 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12168 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12169 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12170 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12172 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12174 \(fn)" nil nil)
12176 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12177 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12178 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12180 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12182 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12183 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12184 existing groups are considered.
12186 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12187 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12188 returned.
12190 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12191 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12192 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12193 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12194 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12195 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12196 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12197 clauses will be generated.
12199 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12200 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12201 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12202 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12203 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12204 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12206 For example, given the following group parameters:
12208 nnml:mail.bar:
12209 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12210 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12211 nnml:mail.foo:
12212 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12213 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12214 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12215 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12216 nnml:mail.others:
12217 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12219 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12221 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12222 \"mail.bar\")
12223 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12224 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12225 \"mail.others\")
12227 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12229 ;;;***
12231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 53104
12232 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12235 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12236 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12237 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12238 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12239 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12240 instead.
12242 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12244 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12245 Mail to ADDRESS.
12247 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12249 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12250 Like `message-reply'.
12252 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12254 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12256 ;;;***
12258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12259 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
12260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12262 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12263 Send a notification on new message.
12264 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12265 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12266 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12268 This is typically a function to add in
12269 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12271 \(fn)" nil nil)
12273 ;;;***
12275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 53104
12276 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12279 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12280 Display picons in the From header.
12281 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12283 \(fn)" t nil)
12285 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12286 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12287 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12289 \(fn)" t nil)
12291 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12292 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12293 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12295 \(fn)" t nil)
12297 ;;;***
12299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 53104
12300 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12303 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12304 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12305 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12306 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12308 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12310 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12311 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12312 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12313 LIST1 is modified.
12315 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12317 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12318 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12319 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12321 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12323 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12326 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12328 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12329 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12330 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12332 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12334 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12335 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12336 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12338 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12340 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12342 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12343 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12344 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12346 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12348 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12349 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12350 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12352 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12354 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12355 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12356 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12358 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12360 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12361 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12363 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12365 ;;;***
12367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21346
12368 ;;;;;; 62196 0 0))
12369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12371 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12372 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12374 \(fn)" t nil)
12376 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12377 Install the registry hooks.
12379 \(fn)" t nil)
12381 ;;;***
12383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 53104
12384 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12387 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12388 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12389 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12390 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12391 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12392 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12394 \(fn)" t nil)
12396 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12397 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12398 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12399 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12400 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12402 \(fn)" t nil)
12404 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12407 \(fn)" t nil)
12409 ;;;***
12411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 53104
12412 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12415 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12416 Update the format specification near point.
12418 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12420 ;;;***
12422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 53104
12423 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12426 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12427 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12429 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12431 ;;;***
12433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 53104
12434 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12437 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12438 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12439 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12441 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12443 ;;;***
12445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 53104
12446 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12449 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12450 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12452 \(fn)" t nil)
12454 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12455 Install the sync hooks.
12457 \(fn)" t nil)
12459 ;;;***
12461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 53104
12462 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12465 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12466 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12468 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12470 ;;;***
12472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12475 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12476 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12477 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12478 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12479 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12480 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12482 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12484 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12486 ;;;***
12488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12489 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12491 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12492 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12494 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12495 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12496 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12498 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12499 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12500 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12502 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12503 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12505 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12506 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12508 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12510 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12512 ;;;***
12514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 53104
12515 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12518 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12520 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12521 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12522 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12523 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12524 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12526 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12528 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12529 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12530 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12531 or to send e-mail.
12532 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12533 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12535 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12536 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12538 \(fn)" t nil)
12539 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12541 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12542 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12544 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12545 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12549 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12550 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12554 ;;;***
12556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 53104
12557 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12560 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12561 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12562 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12564 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12566 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12567 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12569 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12571 ;;;***
12573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12576 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12577 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12579 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12581 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12582 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12583 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12584 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12585 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12587 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12588 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12589 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12591 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12593 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12594 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12595 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12596 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12597 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12599 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12601 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12602 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12604 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12606 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12607 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12609 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12610 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12611 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12613 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12614 The default find program.
12615 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12616 and others.")
12618 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12619 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12620 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12621 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12623 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12624 How to invoke find and grep.
12625 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12626 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12627 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12628 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12630 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12632 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12633 History list for grep.")
12635 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12636 History list for grep-find.")
12638 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12639 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12640 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12642 \(fn)" nil nil)
12644 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12647 \(fn)" nil nil)
12649 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12650 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12652 \(fn)" nil nil)
12654 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12655 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12656 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12657 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12658 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12660 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12661 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12663 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12664 can easily repeat a grep command.
12666 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12667 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12668 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12669 list is empty).
12671 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12673 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12674 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12675 Collect output in a buffer.
12676 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12677 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12679 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12680 easily repeat a find command.
12682 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12684 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12686 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12687 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12688 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12689 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12690 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12692 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12693 before it is executed.
12694 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12696 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12697 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12698 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12700 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12702 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12704 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12705 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12706 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12707 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12708 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12710 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12711 before it is executed.
12712 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12714 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12715 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12716 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12717 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12719 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12721 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12722 to specify a command to run.
12724 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12726 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12727 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12728 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12729 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12731 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12733 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12735 ;;;***
12737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12740 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12741 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12742 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12743 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12744 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12746 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12748 ;;;***
12750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12753 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12754 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12755 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12756 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12758 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12760 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12761 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12762 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12763 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12765 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12767 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12768 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12769 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12770 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12772 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12774 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12775 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12776 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12777 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12779 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12780 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12782 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12784 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12785 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12786 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12787 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12789 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12791 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12792 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12793 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12794 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12796 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12798 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12799 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12800 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12801 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12802 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12804 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12805 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12806 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12807 original source file access method.
12809 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12810 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12812 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12814 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12815 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12817 \(fn)" t nil)
12819 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12820 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12821 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12823 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12824 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12826 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12828 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12829 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12831 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12832 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12836 ;;;***
12838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21387 3002 678518
12839 ;;;;;; 0))
12840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12842 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12843 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12844 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12845 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12846 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12847 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12848 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12849 set it to.
12850 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12852 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12854 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12855 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12856 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12857 of PLACE.
12858 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12859 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12860 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12861 and SETTER.
12862 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12863 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12865 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12867 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12869 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12870 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12871 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12872 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12873 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12875 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12877 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12879 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12882 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12884 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12886 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12888 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12889 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12890 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12891 well for simple place forms.
12892 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12893 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12894 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12895 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12896 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12897 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12898 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12900 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12902 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12904 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12905 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12906 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12907 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12908 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12910 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12911 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12912 (let ((temp VAL))
12913 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12914 temp)
12915 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12917 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12919 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12920 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12921 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12922 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12923 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12924 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12926 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12928 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12930 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12931 Return a reference to PLACE.
12932 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12933 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12934 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12935 binding mode.
12937 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12939 ;;;***
12941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 53104
12942 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12943 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12945 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12946 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12947 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12948 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12950 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12951 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12952 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12953 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12955 \(fn)" t nil)
12957 ;;;***
12959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
12960 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12962 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12963 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12965 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12967 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12968 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12969 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12970 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12972 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12974 \(fn)" t nil)
12976 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12977 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12978 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12979 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12980 to be updated.
12982 \(fn)" t nil)
12984 ;;;***
12986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 53104
12987 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12988 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12990 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12991 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12993 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12995 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12996 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12997 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12999 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13001 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13002 Verify a hashcash payment
13004 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13006 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13007 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13008 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13009 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13010 `mail-add-payment-async').
13012 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13014 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13015 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13016 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13017 Calculation is asynchronous.
13019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13021 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13022 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13023 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13027 ;;;***
13029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 53104 0
13030 ;;;;;; 0))
13031 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13033 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13034 Return the help-echo string at point.
13035 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13036 property, or nil, is returned.
13037 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13038 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13039 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13041 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13043 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13044 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13045 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13046 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13047 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13049 \(fn)" nil nil)
13051 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13052 Display local help in the echo area.
13053 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13054 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13055 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13056 printed instead.
13058 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13059 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13060 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13064 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13065 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13066 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13068 \(fn)" t nil)
13070 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13071 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13072 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13074 \(fn)" t nil)
13076 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13077 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13078 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13079 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13080 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13081 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13082 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13083 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13084 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13085 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13086 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13088 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13089 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13090 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13091 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13092 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13094 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13095 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13096 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13097 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13098 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13099 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13100 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13101 The default is `never'.")
13103 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13105 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13106 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13107 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13108 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13109 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13110 considered different regions.
13112 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13113 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13114 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13115 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13116 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13117 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13118 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13119 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13120 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13122 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13124 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13125 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13126 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13127 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13128 different regions.
13130 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13131 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13132 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13133 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13134 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13135 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13136 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13137 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13139 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13140 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13141 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13142 rarely happens in practice.
13144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13146 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13147 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13148 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13149 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13150 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13151 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13155 ;;;***
13157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21418 44988 932893
13158 ;;;;;; 0))
13159 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13161 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13162 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13164 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13166 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13167 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13168 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13170 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13172 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13173 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13174 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13175 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13176 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13177 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13178 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13179 search for a function definition.
13181 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13182 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13183 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13184 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13185 suitable file is found, return nil.
13187 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13189 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13192 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13194 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13195 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13196 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13197 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13199 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13201 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13202 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13203 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13204 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13205 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13206 it is displayed along with the global value.
13208 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13210 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13211 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13212 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13213 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13215 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13217 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13218 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13219 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13220 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13221 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13223 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13225 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13226 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13228 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13230 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13231 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13233 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13235 ;;;***
13237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 53104 0
13238 ;;;;;; 0))
13239 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13241 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13242 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13243 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13244 window listing and describing the options.
13245 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13246 gives the window that lists the options.")
13248 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13250 ;;;***
13252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13255 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13256 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13257 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13258 Commands:
13259 \\{help-mode-map}
13261 \(fn)" t nil)
13263 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13266 \(fn)" nil nil)
13268 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13271 \(fn)" nil nil)
13273 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13274 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13276 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13277 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13278 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13279 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13281 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13282 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13283 restore it properly when going back.
13285 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13287 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13288 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13289 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13290 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13291 from `help-mode'.
13292 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13293 it does not already exist.
13295 \(fn)" nil nil)
13297 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13298 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13300 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13301 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13302 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13303 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13304 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13305 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13306 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13307 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13309 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13310 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13311 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13312 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13314 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13315 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13316 that.
13318 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13320 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13321 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13322 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13323 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13324 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13325 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13327 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13329 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13330 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13331 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13332 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13333 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13335 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13337 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13338 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13340 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13342 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13343 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13344 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13345 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13347 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13349 ;;;***
13351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 53104
13352 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13355 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13356 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13358 \(fn)" t nil)
13360 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13361 Provide help for current mode.
13363 \(fn)" t nil)
13365 ;;;***
13367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13368 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13370 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13371 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13372 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13373 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13374 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13376 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13377 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13379 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13380 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13381 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13382 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13384 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13385 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13386 periods.
13388 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13389 in hexl format.
13391 A sample format:
13393 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13394 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13395 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13396 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13397 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13398 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13399 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13400 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13401 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13402 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13403 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13404 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13405 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13406 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13407 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13409 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13410 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13411 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13413 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13414 also supported.
13416 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13418 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13419 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13420 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13422 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13423 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13424 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13426 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13427 into the buffer at the current point.
13429 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13430 into the buffer at the current point.
13432 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13433 into the buffer at the current point.
13435 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13437 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13438 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13440 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13442 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13446 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13447 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13448 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13449 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13451 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13453 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13454 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13455 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13457 \(fn)" t nil)
13459 ;;;***
13461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13462 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13464 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13465 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13466 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13467 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13468 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13470 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13471 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13472 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13473 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13475 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13476 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13477 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13478 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13480 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13481 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13482 which can be called interactively, are:
13484 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13485 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13487 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13488 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13489 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13490 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13492 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13493 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13495 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13496 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13497 available face automatically.
13499 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13500 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13502 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13503 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13504 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13505 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13506 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13507 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13508 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13509 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13510 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13511 function returns t.
13513 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13514 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13516 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13517 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13518 form:
13519 Hi-lock: FOO
13521 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13522 position (number of characters into buffer)
13523 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13524 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13525 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13529 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13530 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13531 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13534 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13536 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13538 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13539 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13540 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13541 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13542 ARG is omitted or nil.
13544 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13545 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13546 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13550 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13552 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13553 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13554 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13555 Use the global history list for FACE.
13557 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13558 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13559 highlighting will not update as you type.
13561 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13563 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13565 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13566 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13567 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13568 Use the global history list for FACE.
13570 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13571 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13572 highlighting will not update as you type.
13574 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13576 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13578 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13579 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13580 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13581 Use the global history list for FACE.
13583 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13584 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13585 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13587 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13588 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13589 highlighting will not update as you type.
13591 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13593 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13595 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13596 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13597 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13598 unless you use a prefix argument.
13599 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13601 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13602 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13604 \(fn)" t nil)
13606 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13608 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13609 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13610 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13611 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13612 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13613 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13615 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13617 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13618 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13620 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13621 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13622 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13624 \(fn)" t nil)
13626 ;;;***
13628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21420 27972
13629 ;;;;;; 753649 0))
13630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13632 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13633 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13635 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13636 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13638 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13639 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13640 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13641 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13643 `hide-ifdef-env'
13644 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13645 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13646 is used.
13648 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13649 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13650 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13651 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13652 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13654 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13655 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13656 #endif lines when hiding.
13658 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13659 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13660 is activated.
13662 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13663 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13664 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13666 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13670 ;;;***
13672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 53104
13673 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13676 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13677 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13678 Each element has the form
13679 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13681 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13682 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13684 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13685 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13687 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13688 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13689 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13690 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13691 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13692 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13694 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13695 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13697 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13698 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13700 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13701 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13702 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13704 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13705 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13707 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13708 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13710 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13711 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13712 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13714 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13715 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13716 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13718 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13719 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13721 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13723 Key bindings:
13724 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13728 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13729 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13731 \(fn)" nil nil)
13733 ;;;***
13735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13736 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13738 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13739 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13740 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13741 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13742 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13744 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13745 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13746 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13747 this on and off.
13749 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13750 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13751 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13752 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13753 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13754 through various faces.
13755 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13756 buffer with the contents of a file
13757 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13761 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13762 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13764 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13765 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13767 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13768 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13769 in a distinctive face.
13771 The default value can be customized with variable
13772 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13774 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13778 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13779 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13780 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13782 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13784 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13785 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13787 \(fn)" t nil)
13789 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13790 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13792 \(fn)" t nil)
13794 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13795 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13797 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13798 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13799 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13800 shown in the last face in the list.
13802 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13803 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13804 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13806 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13808 \(fn)" t nil)
13810 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13811 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13813 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13815 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13816 to save the file.
13818 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13819 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13821 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13822 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13823 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13825 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13827 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13828 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13830 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13831 this function is called interactively.
13833 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13834 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13835 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13837 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13838 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13839 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13841 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13843 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13844 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13845 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13847 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13848 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13850 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13852 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13853 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13854 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13855 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13856 ARG is omitted or nil.
13858 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13859 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13860 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13864 ;;;***
13866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21375 36695 783701
13867 ;;;;;; 621000))
13868 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13869 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13871 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13872 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13873 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13874 or insert functions in this list.")
13876 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13878 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13879 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13880 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13881 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13882 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13883 expansions.
13884 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13885 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13886 undoes the expansion.
13888 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13890 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13891 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13892 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13893 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13895 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13897 ;;;***
13899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
13900 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13902 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13903 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13906 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13908 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13909 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13910 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13911 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13912 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13913 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13915 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13916 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13917 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13918 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13922 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13923 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13924 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13927 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13929 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13931 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13932 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13933 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13934 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13935 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13937 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13938 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13939 windows.
13941 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13942 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13946 ;;;***
13948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 53104
13949 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13950 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13952 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13954 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13955 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13956 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13958 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13960 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13962 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13964 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13965 Oriental holidays.
13966 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13968 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13970 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13972 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13974 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13975 Local holidays.
13976 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13978 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13980 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13982 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13984 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13985 User defined holidays.
13986 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13988 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13990 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13992 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13993 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13995 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13997 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13998 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14000 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14002 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14003 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14005 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14007 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14008 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14010 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14012 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14014 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14015 Jewish holidays.
14016 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14018 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14020 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14022 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14024 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14025 Christian holidays.
14026 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14028 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14030 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14032 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14034 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14035 Islamic holidays.
14036 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14040 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14044 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14045 Bahá'í holidays.
14046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14048 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14050 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14052 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14054 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14055 Sun-related holidays.
14056 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14058 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14060 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14062 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14064 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14065 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14066 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14067 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14071 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14072 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14073 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14074 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14075 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14077 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14078 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14080 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14081 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14083 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14084 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14085 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14086 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14087 of a holiday list.
14089 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14091 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14093 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14095 ;;;***
14097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21416 3260
14098 ;;;;;; 930862 0))
14099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14101 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14102 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14104 \(fn)" t nil)
14106 ;;;***
14108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21341 23900
14109 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14110 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14111 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14113 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14114 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14115 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14116 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14117 as possible.
14119 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14120 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14121 fontified display.
14123 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14124 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14126 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14127 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14128 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14130 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14132 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14133 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14134 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14136 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14138 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14140 ;;;***
14142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14143 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14145 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14146 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14148 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14149 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14150 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14152 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14153 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14154 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14155 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14156 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14157 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14159 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14160 title of the column.
14162 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14163 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14164 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14165 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14166 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14168 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14170 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14171 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14172 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14173 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14174 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14176 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14177 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14178 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14180 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14182 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14183 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14184 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14185 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14186 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14187 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14189 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14190 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14191 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14192 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14193 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14194 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14195 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14196 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14197 values are:
14198 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14199 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14200 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14201 buffer's modification flag.
14202 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14203 prompted before performing this operation.
14204 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14205 operation is complete, in the form:
14206 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14207 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14208 confirmation message, in the form:
14209 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14210 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14211 macro for exactly what it does.
14213 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14215 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14216 Define a filter named NAME.
14217 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14218 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14219 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14221 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14222 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14223 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14224 bound to the current value of the filter.
14226 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14228 ;;;***
14230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14231 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14233 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14234 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14235 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14236 buffers which are visiting a file.
14238 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14240 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14241 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14242 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14243 buffers which are visiting a file.
14245 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14247 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14248 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14249 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14251 All arguments are optional.
14252 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14253 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14254 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14255 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14256 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14257 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14258 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14259 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14260 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14261 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14262 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14263 that value locally in this buffer.
14265 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14267 ;;;***
14269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14270 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
14271 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14272 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14274 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14275 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14276 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14277 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14279 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14281 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14282 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14283 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14284 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14285 ICAL-FILENAME.
14286 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14287 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14288 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14290 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14292 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14293 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14294 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14295 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14296 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14297 non-marking or not.
14299 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14301 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14302 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14304 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14305 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14306 DIARY-FILE.
14308 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14309 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14310 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14312 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14313 non-marking.
14315 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14316 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14317 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14319 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14321 ;;;***
14323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14326 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14327 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14328 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14330 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14331 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14333 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14335 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14336 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14337 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14338 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14339 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14341 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14342 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14343 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14344 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14346 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14347 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14349 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14350 completions:
14352 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14356 ;;;***
14358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14361 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14362 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14363 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14364 Tab indents for Icon code.
14365 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14366 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14367 \\{icon-mode-map}
14368 Variables controlling indentation style:
14369 icon-tab-always-indent
14370 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14371 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14372 icon-auto-newline
14373 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14374 inserted in Icon code.
14375 icon-indent-level
14376 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14377 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14378 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14379 icon-continued-statement-offset
14380 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14381 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14382 icon-continued-brace-offset
14383 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14384 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14385 icon-brace-offset
14386 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14387 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14388 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14389 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14391 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14392 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14394 \(fn)" t nil)
14396 ;;;***
14398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21423
14399 ;;;;;; 62909 33477 0))
14400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14402 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14403 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14404 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14405 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14407 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14408 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14409 separate frames.
14411 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14412 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14414 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14415 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14416 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14418 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14420 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14422 ;;;***
14424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21423 62909
14425 ;;;;;; 33477 0))
14426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14427 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14429 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14430 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14432 The main features of this mode are
14434 1. Indentation and Formatting
14435 --------------------------
14436 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14437 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14439 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14440 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14441 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14442 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14444 Comments are indented as follows:
14446 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14447 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14448 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14450 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14452 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14453 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14454 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14455 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14456 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14457 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14459 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14460 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14461 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14462 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14464 2. Routine Info
14465 ------------
14466 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14467 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14468 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14469 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14470 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14471 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14472 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14473 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14474 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14475 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14477 3. Online IDL Help
14478 ---------------
14480 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14481 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14482 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14483 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14485 4. Completion
14486 ----------
14487 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14488 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14489 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14490 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14491 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14492 upper case.
14494 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14495 --------------------------------
14496 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14497 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14499 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14500 \\fu FUNCTION template
14501 \\c CASE statement template
14502 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14503 \\f FOR loop template
14504 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14505 \\w WHILE loop template
14506 \\i IF statement template
14507 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14508 \\b BEGIN
14510 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14511 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14513 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14514 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14515 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14516 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14518 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14519 -------------------------
14520 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14521 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14523 7. Automatic END completion
14524 ------------------------
14525 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14526 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14528 8. Hooks
14529 -----
14530 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14531 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14533 9. Documentation and Customization
14534 -------------------------------
14535 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14536 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14537 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14538 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14539 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14540 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14542 10.Keybindings
14543 -----------
14544 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14545 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14546 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14548 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14550 \(fn)" t nil)
14552 ;;;***
14554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14555 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14557 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14558 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14559 The following values are possible:
14560 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14561 displaying...)
14562 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14563 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14564 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14566 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14567 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14569 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14571 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14572 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14573 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14574 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14575 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14576 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14577 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14578 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14579 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14581 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14583 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14584 Switch to another buffer.
14585 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14586 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14587 in another frame.
14589 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14590 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14591 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14592 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14593 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14595 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14596 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14598 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14600 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14601 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14602 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14603 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14604 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14605 in a separate window.
14606 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14607 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14608 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14609 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14610 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14611 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14612 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14613 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14614 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14616 \(fn)" t nil)
14618 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14619 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14620 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14621 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14623 \(fn)" t nil)
14625 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14626 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14627 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14628 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14630 \(fn)" t nil)
14632 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14633 Kill a buffer.
14634 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14635 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14637 \(fn)" t nil)
14639 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14640 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14641 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14642 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14644 \(fn)" t nil)
14646 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14647 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14648 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14649 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14651 \(fn)" t nil)
14653 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14654 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14656 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14658 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14659 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14660 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14661 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14662 in another frame.
14664 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14665 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14666 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14667 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14668 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14669 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14671 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14672 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14674 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14676 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14677 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14678 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14679 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14680 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14681 in a separate window.
14682 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14683 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14684 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14685 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14686 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14687 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14688 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14689 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14690 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14691 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14692 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14693 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14694 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14695 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14696 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14697 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14698 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14701 \(fn)" t nil)
14703 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14704 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14705 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14706 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14708 \(fn)" t nil)
14710 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14711 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14712 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14713 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14715 \(fn)" t nil)
14717 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14718 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14724 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14725 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14726 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14729 \(fn)" t nil)
14731 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14732 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14733 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14738 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14739 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14740 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14741 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14745 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14746 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14747 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14752 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14753 Write current buffer to a file.
14754 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14759 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14760 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14761 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14764 \(fn)" t nil)
14766 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14767 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14768 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14771 \(fn)" t nil)
14773 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14774 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14775 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14776 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14777 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14778 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14780 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14782 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14783 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14784 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14785 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14787 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14789 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14790 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14791 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14792 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14794 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14796 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14797 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14798 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14799 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14800 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14801 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14802 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14803 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14804 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14805 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14806 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14807 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14808 with point positioned at the end.
14809 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14810 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14812 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14814 ;;;***
14816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14817 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14819 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14820 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14821 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14822 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14826 ;;;***
14828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14831 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14833 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14834 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14836 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14837 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14838 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14842 ;;;***
14844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
14845 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14847 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14848 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14849 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14850 be determined.
14852 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14854 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14855 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14856 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14857 be determined.
14859 \(fn)" nil nil)
14861 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14862 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14863 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14864 be determined.
14866 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14868 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14869 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14870 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14871 be determined.
14873 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14875 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14876 Determine and return image type.
14877 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14878 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14879 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14880 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14881 use its file extension as image type.
14882 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14884 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14886 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14887 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14888 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14890 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14892 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14893 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14894 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14896 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14897 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14898 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14899 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14900 must be available.
14902 \(fn)" nil nil)
14904 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14905 Create an image.
14906 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14907 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14908 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14909 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14910 use its file extension as image type.
14911 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14912 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14913 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14914 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14916 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14918 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14919 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14920 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14922 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14924 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14925 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14926 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14927 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14928 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14929 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14930 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14931 POS may be an integer or marker.
14932 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14933 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14934 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14935 means display it in the right marginal area.
14937 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14939 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14940 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14941 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14942 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14943 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14944 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14945 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14946 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14947 means display it in the right marginal area.
14948 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14949 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14950 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14951 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14952 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14954 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14956 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14957 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14958 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14959 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14960 STRING is a single space.
14961 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14962 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14963 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14964 means display it in the right marginal area.
14965 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14967 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14969 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14970 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14971 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14972 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14974 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14976 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14977 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14979 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14981 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14982 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14983 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14984 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14985 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14986 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14987 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14988 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14989 satisfied.
14991 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14993 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14995 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14997 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14998 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15000 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15001 documentation string.
15003 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15004 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15005 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15006 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15007 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15008 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15009 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15010 define SYMBOL.
15012 Example:
15014 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15015 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15017 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15019 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15021 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15022 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15023 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15024 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15026 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15027 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15028 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15029 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15031 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15033 \(fn)" nil nil)
15035 ;;;***
15037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 53104
15038 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15039 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15040 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15042 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15043 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15044 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15045 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15046 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15047 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15051 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15052 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15054 Convenience command that:
15056 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15057 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15058 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15060 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15061 image files in dired and type
15062 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15064 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15066 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15067 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15069 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15071 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15072 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15073 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15074 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15075 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15076 another one).
15078 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15079 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15080 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15082 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15083 instead of erasing it first.
15085 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15086 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15087 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15088 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15089 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15090 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15092 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15094 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15095 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15096 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15097 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15098 displayed.
15100 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15102 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15104 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15106 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15107 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15109 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15111 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15112 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15113 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15115 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15118 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15120 \(fn)" t nil)
15122 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15123 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15124 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15125 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15127 \(fn)" t nil)
15129 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15130 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15132 \(fn)" t nil)
15134 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15135 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15137 \(fn)" t nil)
15139 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15140 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15142 \(fn)" t nil)
15144 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15145 Display current image file.
15146 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15147 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15151 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15152 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15154 \(fn)" t nil)
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15157 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15158 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15159 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15160 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15161 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15162 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15164 \(fn)" t nil)
15166 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15167 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15168 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15169 easy-to-use form.
15171 \(fn)" t nil)
15173 ;;;***
15175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 53104 0
15176 ;;;;;; 0))
15177 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15179 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15180 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15181 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15182 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15184 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15185 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15186 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15187 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15189 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15191 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15192 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15193 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15194 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15196 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15197 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15198 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15199 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15201 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15203 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15204 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15206 \(fn)" nil nil)
15208 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15209 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15210 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15211 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15213 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15215 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15216 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15217 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15220 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15222 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15224 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15225 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15226 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15227 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15228 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15230 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15231 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15232 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15236 ;;;***
15238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 53104 0
15239 ;;;;;; 0))
15240 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15242 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15243 Major mode for image files.
15244 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15245 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15247 Key bindings:
15248 \\{image-mode-map}
15250 \(fn)" t nil)
15252 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15253 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15254 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15255 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15256 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15258 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15259 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15260 actual image.
15262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15264 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15265 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15266 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15267 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15268 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15269 to display an image file as the actual image.
15271 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15272 to display an image file as text initially.
15274 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15275 on these modes.
15277 \(fn)" t nil)
15279 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15282 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15284 ;;;***
15286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15287 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15289 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15290 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15292 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15294 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15295 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15296 in the buffer.
15298 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15300 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15301 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15302 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15304 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15306 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15307 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15308 Each element of this list should have the form
15310 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15312 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15313 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15314 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15315 matches are put).
15316 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15317 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15318 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15319 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15320 another element.
15321 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15322 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15323 the menu item.
15324 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15325 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15326 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15327 the ARGUMENTS.
15329 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15330 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15331 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15333 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15334 create a buffer index.
15336 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15337 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15338 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15339 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15340 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15342 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15344 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15345 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15347 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15348 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15349 called within a `save-excursion'.
15351 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15353 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15355 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15356 Function for finding the next index position.
15358 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15359 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15360 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15361 file.
15363 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15364 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15366 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15368 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15369 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15371 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15372 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15373 It should return the name for that index item.")
15375 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15377 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15378 Function to compare string with index item.
15380 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15381 non-nil if they match.
15383 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15384 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15385 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15386 arguments match\".")
15388 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15390 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15391 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15392 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15394 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15395 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15397 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15399 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15401 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15402 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15403 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15404 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15406 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15408 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15409 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15411 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15413 \(fn)" t nil)
15415 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15416 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15417 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15418 for more information.
15420 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15422 ;;;***
15424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 53104
15425 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15426 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15428 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15429 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15431 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15433 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15436 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15438 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15441 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15443 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15446 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15448 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15449 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15451 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15453 ;;;***
15455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 53104
15456 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15459 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15460 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15461 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15462 to that buffer.
15463 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15464 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15465 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15468 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15470 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15472 ;;;***
15474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15475 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15477 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15478 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15479 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15480 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15481 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15482 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15483 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15484 first in this list.
15486 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15487 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15488 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15489 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15490 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15492 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15493 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15494 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15496 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15497 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15499 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15500 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15502 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15503 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15504 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15505 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15506 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15507 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15508 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15509 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15510 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15511 with the top-level Info directory.
15513 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15514 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15516 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15517 \"*info*<%s>\".
15519 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15520 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15521 in all the directories in that path.
15523 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15525 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15527 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15528 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15530 \(fn)" t nil)
15532 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15533 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15535 \(fn)" t nil)
15537 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15538 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15539 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15540 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15542 \(fn)" nil nil)
15544 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15545 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15546 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15547 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15549 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15551 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15552 Go to the Info directory node.
15554 \(fn)" t nil)
15556 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15557 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15558 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15559 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15560 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15561 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15563 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15565 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15566 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15567 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15569 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15571 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15572 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15573 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15574 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15575 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15577 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15579 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15580 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15581 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15582 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15583 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15585 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15586 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15588 Selecting other nodes:
15589 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15590 Follow a node reference you click on.
15591 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15592 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15593 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15594 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15595 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15596 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15597 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15598 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15599 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15600 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15601 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15602 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15603 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15604 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15605 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15606 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15607 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15608 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15609 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15610 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15612 Moving within a node:
15613 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15614 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15615 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15616 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15617 move up to the parent node.
15618 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15619 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15620 if there is none.
15621 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15623 Advanced commands:
15624 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15625 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15626 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15627 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15628 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15629 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15630 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15631 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15632 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15633 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15634 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15635 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15636 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15637 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15638 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15639 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15641 \(fn)" t nil)
15642 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15644 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15645 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15646 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15647 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15648 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15649 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15651 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15652 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15654 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15655 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15656 KEY is a string.
15657 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15658 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15659 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15660 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15662 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15664 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15665 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15666 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15668 \(fn)" t nil)
15670 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15671 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15672 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15674 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15676 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15677 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15678 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15679 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15681 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15683 ;;;***
15685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15686 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15688 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15689 Throw away all cached data.
15690 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15691 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15692 system.
15694 \(fn)" t nil)
15695 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15697 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15698 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15699 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15700 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15701 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15702 one found at point.
15704 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15706 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15707 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15709 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15710 Display the documentation of a file.
15711 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15712 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15713 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15714 The default file name is the one found at point.
15716 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15718 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15720 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15721 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15723 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15725 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15726 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15728 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15730 ;;;***
15732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15733 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15734 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15736 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15737 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15738 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15739 current info file is the default.
15741 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15742 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15743 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15744 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15745 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15747 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15748 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15749 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15750 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15751 mistake in the reference.
15753 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15754 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15755 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15757 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15758 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15759 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15760 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15762 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15764 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15765 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15766 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15767 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15768 checked.
15770 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15771 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15772 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15773 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15774 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15775 should be harmless.
15777 \(fn)" t nil)
15779 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15780 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15781 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15782 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15784 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15785 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15786 and can take a long time.
15788 \(fn)" t nil)
15790 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15791 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15792 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15794 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15796 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15797 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15799 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15800 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15801 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15802 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15803 all builtins).
15805 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15806 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15807 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15808 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15809 the sources handy.
15811 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15813 ;;;***
15815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15816 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15818 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15819 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15821 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15823 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15824 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15826 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15828 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15829 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15830 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15831 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15833 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15834 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15835 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15837 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15838 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15839 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15840 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15842 \(fn)" t nil)
15844 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15845 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15846 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15848 \(fn)" t nil)
15850 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15851 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15852 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15853 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15854 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15856 \(fn)" nil nil)
15858 ;;;***
15860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 53104
15861 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15862 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15863 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15865 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15866 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15867 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15869 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15871 ;;;***
15873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15874 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
15875 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15877 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15878 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15880 \(fn)" t nil)
15882 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15883 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15885 \(fn)" t nil)
15887 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15890 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15892 ;;;***
15894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
15895 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15896 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15898 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15899 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15900 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15901 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15902 accessed via isearchb.
15904 \(fn)" t nil)
15906 ;;;***
15908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15909 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
15910 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15912 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15913 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15914 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15915 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15916 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15918 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15920 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15921 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15922 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15923 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15924 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15926 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15928 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15929 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15930 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15931 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15932 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15934 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15936 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15937 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15938 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15939 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15940 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15942 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15944 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15945 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15946 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15947 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15948 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15950 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15952 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15953 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15954 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15955 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15956 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15958 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15960 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15961 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15962 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15963 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15964 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15966 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15968 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15969 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15970 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15971 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15973 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15975 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15976 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15977 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15978 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15980 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15982 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15983 Warn that format is read-only.
15985 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15987 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15988 Warn that format is write-only.
15990 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15992 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15993 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15995 \(fn)" t nil)
15997 ;;;***
15999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16000 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
16001 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16002 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16003 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16005 ;;;***
16007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 53104
16008 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16009 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16011 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16013 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16014 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16015 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16016 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16017 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16019 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16021 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16023 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16024 Key map for ispell menu.")
16026 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16027 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16028 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16029 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16031 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16033 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16035 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16037 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16039 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16040 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16041 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16042 Valid forms include:
16043 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16044 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16045 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16046 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16048 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16049 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16050 First list is used raw.
16051 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16053 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16054 for skipping in latex mode.")
16056 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16057 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16058 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16059 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16060 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16061 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16062 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16064 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16065 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16066 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16067 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16069 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16070 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16071 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16072 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16073 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16075 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16076 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16078 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16079 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16081 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16082 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16084 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16085 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16087 Return values:
16088 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16089 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16090 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16091 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16092 quit spell session exited.
16094 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16096 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16097 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16098 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16100 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16102 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16103 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16105 Selections are:
16107 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16108 SPC: Accept word this time.
16109 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16110 `a': Accept word for this session.
16111 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16112 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16113 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16114 `?': Show these commands.
16115 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16116 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16117 the aborted check to be completed later.
16118 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16119 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16120 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16121 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16122 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16123 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16124 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16126 \(fn)" nil nil)
16128 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16129 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16130 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16131 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16133 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16135 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16136 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16137 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16138 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16140 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16142 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16144 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16145 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16146 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16147 amount for last line processed.
16149 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16151 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16152 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16154 \(fn)" t nil)
16156 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16157 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16159 \(fn)" t nil)
16161 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16162 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16163 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16165 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16167 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16168 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16170 \(fn)" t nil)
16172 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16173 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16174 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16175 sequence inside of a word.
16177 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16179 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16181 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16182 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16184 \(fn)" t nil)
16186 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16187 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16188 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16189 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16191 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16192 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16193 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16194 available on the net.
16196 \(fn)" t nil)
16198 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16199 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16201 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16202 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16204 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16205 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16206 spelled.
16208 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16209 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16210 SPC.
16212 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16213 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16217 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16218 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16219 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16220 Don't check included messages.
16222 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16223 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16224 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16226 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16227 in your init file:
16228 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16229 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16230 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16231 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16233 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16234 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16235 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16237 \(fn)" t nil)
16239 ;;;***
16241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16242 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16243 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16245 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16248 \(fn)" nil nil)
16250 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16251 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16252 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16253 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16254 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16255 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16256 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16257 necessary to represent OBJ.
16259 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16261 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16262 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16263 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16264 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16266 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16268 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16269 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16270 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16271 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16272 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16274 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16276 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16277 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16278 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16279 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16281 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16283 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16284 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16285 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16286 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16288 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16290 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16291 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16293 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16295 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16296 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16297 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16298 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16299 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16301 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16303 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16304 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16305 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16306 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16307 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16309 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16311 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16312 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16313 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16315 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16317 ;;;***
16319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16320 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16322 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16323 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16324 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16325 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16327 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16330 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16332 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16333 Uninstall jka-compr.
16334 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16335 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16336 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16338 \(fn)" nil nil)
16340 ;;;***
16342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21387 3002 678518 0))
16343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16344 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16346 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16347 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16349 \(fn)" t nil)
16350 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16352 ;;;***
16354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16355 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16356 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16358 ;;;***
16360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 53104
16361 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16364 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16365 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16366 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16367 decimal key must be specified.")
16369 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16371 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16372 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16373 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16374 decimal key must be specified.")
16376 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16378 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16379 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16380 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16381 decimal key must be specified.")
16383 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16385 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16386 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16387 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16388 decimal key must be specified.")
16390 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16392 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16393 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16394 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16395 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16396 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16397 keys are bound.
16399 Setup Binding
16400 -------------------------------------------------------------
16401 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16402 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16403 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16404 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16405 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16406 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16407 in the global and local keymaps.
16409 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16410 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16412 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16414 ;;;***
16416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16417 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16420 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16421 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16422 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16424 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16425 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16426 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16427 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16428 shorter.
16430 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16431 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16432 the context of text formatting.
16434 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16436 ;;;***
16438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 53104 0
16439 ;;;;;; 0))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16442 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16443 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16444 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16445 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16446 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16447 positions that contains the current selection.")
16449 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16450 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16451 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16452 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16453 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16454 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16455 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16457 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16459 ;;;***
16461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16462 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16463 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16464 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16465 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16466 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16467 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16468 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16469 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16471 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16472 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16473 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16475 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16477 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16478 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16479 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16480 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16481 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16483 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16485 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16486 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16487 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16489 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16490 defining the macro.
16492 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16493 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16494 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16496 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16497 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16499 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16501 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16502 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16503 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16504 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16505 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16506 under that name.
16508 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16509 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16510 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16512 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16514 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16515 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16516 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16517 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16519 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16520 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16521 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16522 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16524 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16525 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16527 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16529 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16530 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16531 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16533 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16534 macro.
16536 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16537 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16539 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16540 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16541 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16543 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16544 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16546 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16548 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16549 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16550 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16551 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16553 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16555 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16556 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16557 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16558 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16560 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16561 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16563 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16565 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16566 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16567 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16569 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16571 ;;;***
16573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16574 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16575 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16577 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16578 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16579 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16581 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16584 \(fn)" nil nil)
16586 ;;;***
16588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21414 47927
16589 ;;;;;; 641973 0))
16590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16592 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16594 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16595 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16597 \(fn)" t nil)
16599 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16600 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16601 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16602 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16604 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16605 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16606 none / 1 | yes | no
16607 2 | yes | yes
16608 3 | no | yes
16609 4 | no | no
16611 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16612 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16613 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16615 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16617 ;;;***
16619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 53104
16620 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16621 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16623 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16626 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16628 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16629 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16630 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16631 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16632 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16633 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16635 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16636 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16638 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16640 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16641 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16643 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16645 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16648 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16650 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16653 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16655 ;;;***
16657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16658 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16661 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16662 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16663 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16664 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16666 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16668 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16669 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16670 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16672 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16674 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16675 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16676 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16678 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16680 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16681 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16682 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16683 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16685 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16687 ;;;***
16689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16690 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
16691 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16693 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16694 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16695 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16696 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16697 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16698 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16699 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16700 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16702 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16703 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16705 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16706 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16708 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16710 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16711 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16712 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16713 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16714 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16715 `latin1-display-setup'.
16717 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16719 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16720 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16721 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16722 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16725 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16727 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16729 ;;;***
16731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16732 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
16733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16735 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16736 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16738 \(fn)" t nil)
16740 ;;;***
16742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16743 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16745 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16746 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16747 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16748 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16749 generations (this defaults to 1).
16751 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16753 ;;;***
16755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16757 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16759 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16760 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16762 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16763 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16765 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16769 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16770 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16771 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16774 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16776 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16778 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16779 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16780 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16781 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16782 ARG is omitted or nil.
16784 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16785 `linum-on' would do it.
16786 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16790 ;;;***
16792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16795 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16796 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16797 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16798 is nil, raise an error.
16800 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16801 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16802 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16803 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16804 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16805 defined by the library.
16807 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16808 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16809 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16810 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16811 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16812 proceeds.
16814 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16815 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16816 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16817 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16819 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16821 ;;;***
16823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16824 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16826 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16827 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16828 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16830 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16832 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16833 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16834 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16835 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16837 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16838 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16839 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16840 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16841 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16842 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16843 the version.)
16845 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16846 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16848 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16849 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16851 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16852 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16854 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16856 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16857 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16858 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16859 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16860 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16861 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16862 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16863 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16864 to constrain a big search.
16866 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16868 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16869 except that FILTER is not optional.
16871 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16873 ;;;***
16875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21426 39108 202017
16876 ;;;;;; 0))
16877 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16879 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16880 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16881 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16882 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16883 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16884 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16885 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16886 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16887 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16888 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16890 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16891 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16892 associated values:
16893 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16894 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16895 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16896 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16897 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16899 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16900 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16901 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16903 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16905 ;;;***
16907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 53104 0
16908 ;;;;;; 0))
16909 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16911 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16912 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16914 \(fn)" t nil)
16916 ;;;***
16918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
16919 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16921 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16922 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16924 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16925 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16927 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16928 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16929 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16931 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16932 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16934 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16935 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16936 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16937 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16938 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16939 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16940 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16942 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16944 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16945 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16946 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16947 switch on this list.
16948 See `lpr-command'.")
16950 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16952 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16953 Name of program for printing a file.
16955 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16956 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16957 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16958 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16959 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16960 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16961 argument.")
16963 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16965 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16966 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16967 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16968 for customization of the printer command.
16970 \(fn)" t nil)
16972 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16973 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16975 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16976 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16977 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16978 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16980 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16981 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16983 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16984 for further customization of the printer command.
16986 \(fn)" t nil)
16988 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16989 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16990 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16991 for customization of the printer command.
16993 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16995 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16996 Paginate and print the region contents.
16998 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16999 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17000 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17001 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17003 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17004 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17006 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17007 for further customization of the printer command.
17009 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17011 ;;;***
17013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17014 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17016 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17017 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17018 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17020 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17022 ;;;***
17024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 53104 0
17025 ;;;;;; 0))
17026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17028 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17029 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17030 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17031 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17035 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17037 ;;;***
17039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 53104
17040 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17041 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17043 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17044 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17046 \(fn)" t nil)
17048 ;;;***
17050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17051 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17053 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17054 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17055 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17056 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17057 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17059 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17061 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17062 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17063 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17064 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17065 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17067 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17068 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17069 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17070 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17071 bindings.
17073 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17074 use this command, and then save the file.
17076 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17078 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17079 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17080 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17081 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17082 each time the macro executes.
17083 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17084 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17085 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17086 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17087 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17088 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17089 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17091 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17093 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17094 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17095 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17096 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17098 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17099 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17100 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17101 execute.
17103 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17104 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17106 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17107 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17108 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17109 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17110 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17112 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17113 looked like this:
17115 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17116 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17117 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17119 You could enter the names in this format:
17125 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17127 \\C-x (
17128 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17129 \\C-x )
17131 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17132 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17134 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17135 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17137 ;;;***
17139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 53104
17140 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17143 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17144 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17145 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17146 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17147 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17148 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17150 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17151 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17152 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17153 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17154 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17156 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17157 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17158 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17159 consing a string.)
17161 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17163 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17164 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17166 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17168 ;;;***
17170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 53104
17171 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17174 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17175 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17177 \(fn)" nil nil)
17179 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17182 \(fn)" nil nil)
17184 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17185 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17187 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17189 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17190 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17191 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17192 message.
17194 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17196 \(fn)" nil nil)
17198 ;;;***
17200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 53104
17201 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17204 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17205 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17206 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17207 often correct parser.")
17209 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17211 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17212 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17213 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17214 a value which excludes your own email address.
17216 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17217 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17219 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17221 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17222 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17224 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17226 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17227 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17228 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17229 we return it unconverted.
17231 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17232 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17234 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17236 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17237 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17238 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17239 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17241 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17243 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17244 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17245 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17246 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17248 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17250 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17251 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17252 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17253 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17254 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17255 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17256 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17257 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17258 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17259 as Rmail does.
17261 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17263 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17264 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17265 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17266 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17267 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17268 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17269 matches may be returned from the message body.
17271 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17273 ;;;***
17275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 53104
17276 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17279 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17280 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17281 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17282 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17283 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17284 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17286 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17288 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17289 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17290 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17291 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17292 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17294 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17295 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17296 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17297 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17301 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17302 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17304 \(fn)" nil nil)
17306 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17307 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17308 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17310 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17312 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17313 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17314 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17316 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17317 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17318 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17319 double-quotes.
17321 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17323 ;;;***
17325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 53104
17326 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17329 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17330 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17331 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17332 king@grassland.com
17333 If `parens', they look like:
17334 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17335 If `angles', they look like:
17336 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17338 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17340 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17341 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17342 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17343 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17344 their `Resent-' variants.
17346 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17347 removed from alias expansions.
17349 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17351 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17352 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17353 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17355 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17356 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17357 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17358 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17360 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17362 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17363 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17364 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17366 \(fn)" nil nil)
17368 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17369 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17370 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17371 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17373 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17375 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17377 ;;;***
17379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 53104
17380 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17383 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17384 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17385 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17386 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17388 \(fn)" nil nil)
17390 ;;;***
17392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17393 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
17394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17396 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17397 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17399 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17400 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17401 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17402 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17403 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17404 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17406 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17407 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17408 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17409 dependency, despite the colon.
17411 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17413 In the browser, use the following keys:
17415 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17417 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17419 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17420 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17422 `makefile-target-colon':
17423 The string that gets appended to all target names
17424 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17425 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17427 `makefile-macro-assign':
17428 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17429 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17430 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17431 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17432 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17433 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17435 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17436 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17437 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17439 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17440 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17442 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17443 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17444 up or down in the browser.
17446 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17447 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17449 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17450 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17452 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17453 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17454 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17455 has been selected in the browser.
17457 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17458 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17459 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17460 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17461 filenames are omitted.
17463 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17464 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17465 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17466 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17467 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17468 the backslash itself intact.
17469 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17470 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17472 `makefile-browser-hook':
17473 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17474 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17476 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17477 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17478 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17479 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17481 \(fn)" t nil)
17483 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17484 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17486 \(fn)" t nil)
17488 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17489 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17491 \(fn)" t nil)
17493 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17494 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17496 \(fn)" t nil)
17498 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17499 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17501 \(fn)" t nil)
17503 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17504 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17506 \(fn)" t nil)
17508 ;;;***
17510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17511 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17513 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17514 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17515 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17517 \(fn)" t nil)
17519 ;;;***
17521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17522 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17524 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17526 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17527 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17528 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17529 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17530 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17531 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17532 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17533 page, it will display immediately.
17535 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17536 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17537 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17539 cat(1)
17540 1 cat
17542 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17543 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17544 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17545 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17547 -a chmod
17549 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17550 otherwise look like a page name.
17552 /my/file/name.1.gz
17553 -l somefile.1
17555 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17556 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17557 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17559 -k pattern
17561 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17563 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17564 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17566 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17568 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17569 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17571 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17573 ;;;***
17575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17576 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17577 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17579 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17580 Toggle Master mode.
17581 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17582 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17583 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17585 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17586 using the following commands:
17588 \\{master-mode-map}
17590 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17591 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17592 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17596 ;;;***
17598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17601 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17602 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17603 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17605 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17606 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17608 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17610 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17611 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17612 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17613 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17614 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17616 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17617 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17618 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17619 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17623 ;;;***
17625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17626 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17627 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17629 ;;;***
17631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 53104 0
17632 ;;;;;; 0))
17633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17635 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17637 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17638 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17639 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17640 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17641 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17642 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17643 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17644 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17645 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17646 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17647 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17648 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17649 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17650 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17651 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17652 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17653 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17654 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17655 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17656 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17657 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17658 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17659 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17660 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17661 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17662 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17663 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17664 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17665 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17666 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17667 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17668 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17669 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17670 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17671 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17672 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17673 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17674 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17676 \(fn)" t nil)
17678 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17679 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17680 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17681 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17682 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17684 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17686 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17687 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17689 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17691 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17692 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17694 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17696 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17697 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17699 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17701 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17702 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17703 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17705 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17707 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17708 Cancel an article you posted.
17709 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17713 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17714 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17715 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17716 header line with the old Message-ID.
17718 \(fn)" t nil)
17720 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17721 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17723 \(fn)" t nil)
17725 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17726 Forward the current message via mail.
17727 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17728 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17730 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17732 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17735 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17737 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17740 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17742 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17743 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17745 \(fn)" t nil)
17747 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17748 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17750 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17752 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17753 Re-mail the current message.
17754 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17755 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17756 you.
17758 \(fn)" t nil)
17760 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17761 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17763 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17765 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17766 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17768 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17770 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17771 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17773 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17775 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17776 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17778 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17780 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17781 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17782 Works by overstriking characters.
17783 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17784 which specify the range to operate on.
17786 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17788 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17789 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17790 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17791 which specify the range to operate on.
17793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17795 ;;;***
17797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17798 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
17799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17800 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17802 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17803 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17805 \(fn)" t nil)
17807 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17808 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17810 \(fn)" t nil)
17812 ;;;***
17814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 53104
17815 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17816 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17818 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17819 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17820 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17822 \(fn)" t nil)
17824 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17825 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17826 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17827 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17828 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17829 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17830 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17832 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17834 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17835 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17836 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17837 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17838 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17839 means current).
17840 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17841 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17843 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17845 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17846 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17847 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17848 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17849 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17850 means current).
17851 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17852 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17854 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17856 ;;;***
17858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21291 53104 0
17859 ;;;;;; 0))
17860 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17862 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17863 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17864 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17866 \(fn)" t nil)
17868 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17869 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17870 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17872 \(fn)" t nil)
17874 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17875 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17877 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17878 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17879 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17881 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17882 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17884 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17885 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17887 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17889 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17891 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17892 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17893 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17894 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17895 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17896 as `compose-mail'.
17898 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17899 initial Subject field, respectively.
17901 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17902 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17903 are strings.
17905 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17906 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17908 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17910 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17911 Save draft and send message.
17913 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17914 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17915 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17916 Mail Delivery*\".
17918 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17919 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17920 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17922 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17923 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17924 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17925 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17926 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17927 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17929 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17930 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17932 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17933 message and scan line.
17935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17937 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17938 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17940 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17941 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17942 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17943 delete the draft message.
17945 \(fn)" t nil)
17947 ;;;***
17949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
17950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17951 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
17953 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17955 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17957 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17959 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17960 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17962 \(fn)" t nil)
17964 ;;;***
17966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 53104
17967 ;;;;;; 0 0))
17968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17970 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17971 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17972 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17974 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17975 the MH mail system.
17977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17979 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17980 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17981 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17983 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17984 the MH mail system.
17986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17988 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17989 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17991 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17992 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17993 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17994 separate command.
17996 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17997 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17998 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17999 format.
18001 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18003 Ranges
18004 ======
18005 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18006 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18007 can be used in several ways.
18009 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18010 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18011 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18012 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18013 page):
18015 <num1>-<num2>
18016 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18017 The range must be nonempty.
18019 <num>:N
18020 <num>:+N
18021 <num>:-N
18022 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18023 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18024 last.
18026 first:N
18027 prev:N
18028 next:N
18029 last:N
18030 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18033 All of the messages.
18035 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18036 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18038 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18039 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18040 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18042 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18044 \(fn)" t nil)
18046 ;;;***
18048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18049 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18051 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18052 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18053 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18054 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18055 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18056 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18057 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18058 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18059 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18060 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18061 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18063 \(fn)" t nil)
18065 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18066 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18067 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18068 to its second argument TM.
18070 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18072 ;;;***
18074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 53104
18075 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18076 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18078 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18079 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18080 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18083 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18085 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18087 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18088 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18090 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18091 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18093 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18094 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18095 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18096 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18097 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18098 is modified to remove the default indication.
18100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18102 ;;;***
18104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18105 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18107 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18108 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18109 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18110 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18111 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18112 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18113 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18114 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18115 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18117 \(fn)" t nil)
18119 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18120 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18121 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18122 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18123 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18124 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18125 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18126 The return value is always nil.
18128 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18130 ;;;***
18132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18133 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18134 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18136 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18137 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18139 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18140 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18141 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18142 next occurrence.
18144 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18145 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18146 end of the search space).
18148 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18149 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18150 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18151 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18152 should return the previous buffer to search.
18154 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18155 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18156 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18158 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18159 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18160 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18161 Isearch starts.")
18163 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18164 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18165 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18167 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18168 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18169 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18171 \(fn)" nil nil)
18173 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18174 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18175 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18176 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18177 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18178 whose names match the specified regexp.
18180 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18182 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18183 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18184 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18185 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18186 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18187 whose names match the specified regexp.
18189 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18191 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18192 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18193 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18194 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18195 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18196 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18197 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18199 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18201 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18202 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18203 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18204 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18205 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18206 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18207 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18209 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18211 ;;;***
18213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18214 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18216 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18218 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18219 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18221 \(fn)" t nil)
18223 ;;;***
18225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 53104
18226 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18229 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18230 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18232 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18234 ;;;***
18236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 53104
18237 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18240 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18241 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18243 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18245 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18246 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18247 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18248 the entire message.
18249 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18251 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18253 ;;;***
18255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 53104
18256 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18259 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18260 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18261 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18262 the entire message.
18263 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18265 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18267 ;;;***
18269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18272 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18273 Insert file contents of URL.
18274 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18276 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18278 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18279 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18281 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18283 ;;;***
18285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18288 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18289 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18290 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18291 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18292 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18294 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18296 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18297 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18298 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18300 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18302 ;;;***
18304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18307 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18308 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18310 \(fn)" nil nil)
18312 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18313 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18314 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18315 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18316 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18318 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18319 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18320 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18321 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18322 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18323 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18325 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18327 ;;;***
18329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 53104 0
18330 ;;;;;; 0))
18331 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18333 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18336 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18338 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18341 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18343 ;;;***
18345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 53104 0
18346 ;;;;;; 0))
18347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18349 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18352 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18354 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18357 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18359 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18362 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18364 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18367 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18369 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18372 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18374 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18377 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18379 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18382 \(fn)" nil nil)
18384 ;;;***
18386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 53104
18387 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18388 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18390 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18392 ;;;***
18394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 53104
18395 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18398 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18400 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18401 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18402 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18403 followed by the first character of the construct.
18404 \\<m2-mode-map>
18405 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18406 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18407 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18408 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18409 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18410 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18411 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18412 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18413 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18414 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18415 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18416 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18417 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18418 \\[m2-link] link
18420 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18421 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18422 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18424 \(fn)" t nil)
18426 ;;;***
18428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18431 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18432 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18434 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18436 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18437 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18439 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18441 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18442 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18444 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18446 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18447 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18449 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18451 ;;;***
18453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 53104 0
18454 ;;;;;; 0))
18455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18457 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18458 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18460 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18461 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18462 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18464 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18465 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18466 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18468 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18469 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18471 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18472 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18473 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18474 hemisphere you're in.)
18476 To test this function, evaluate:
18477 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18479 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18481 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18482 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18484 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18485 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18487 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18488 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18489 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18491 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18492 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18494 To test this function, evaluate:
18495 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18497 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18499 ;;;***
18501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21346 62196 0 0))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18504 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18505 Main entry point for MPC.
18507 \(fn)" t nil)
18509 ;;;***
18511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18512 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18514 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18515 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18517 \(fn)" t nil)
18519 ;;;***
18521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18524 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18525 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18526 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18528 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18529 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18531 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18533 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18534 Toggle Msb mode.
18535 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18536 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18537 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18539 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18540 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18544 ;;;***
18546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18547 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18548 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18550 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18551 Display a list of all character sets.
18553 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18554 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18555 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18556 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18557 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18559 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18560 but still shows the full information.
18562 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18564 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18565 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18566 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18568 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18569 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18570 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18571 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18572 meanings of these arguments.
18574 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18576 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18577 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18579 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18581 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18582 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18584 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18586 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18587 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18589 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18591 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18592 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18594 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18595 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18596 in place of `..':
18597 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18598 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18599 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18600 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18601 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18602 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18603 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18604 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18605 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18606 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18607 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18608 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18609 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18610 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18611 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18612 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18614 \(fn)" t nil)
18616 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18617 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18619 \(fn)" t nil)
18621 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18622 Display a list of all coding systems.
18623 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18625 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18626 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18630 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18631 Display a list of all coding categories.
18633 \(fn)" nil nil)
18635 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18636 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18637 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18639 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18641 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18642 Display information about FONTSET.
18643 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18645 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18647 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18648 Display a list of all fontsets.
18649 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18650 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18651 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18653 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18655 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18656 Display information about all input methods.
18658 \(fn)" t nil)
18660 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18661 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18663 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18664 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18665 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18666 system which uses fontsets).
18668 \(fn)" t nil)
18670 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18671 Show log of font listing and opening.
18672 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18673 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18675 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18677 ;;;***
18679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18680 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18681 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18683 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18684 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18686 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18687 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18689 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18690 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18692 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18694 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18695 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18696 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18697 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18698 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18699 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18700 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18702 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18703 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18704 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18705 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18706 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18707 middle of a character in STR.
18709 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18710 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18712 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18713 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18714 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18715 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18716 defaults to \"...\".
18718 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18720 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18721 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18723 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18724 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18725 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18727 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18728 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18729 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18731 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18732 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18733 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18734 are considered.
18735 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18736 longer than KEYSEQ.
18737 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18739 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18741 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18742 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18743 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18744 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18745 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18746 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18747 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18748 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18749 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18750 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18751 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18753 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18755 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18756 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18758 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18760 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18761 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18763 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18765 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18766 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18768 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18770 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18771 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18773 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18775 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18776 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18777 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18778 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18779 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18781 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18782 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18784 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18785 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18786 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18787 coding systems ordered by priority.
18789 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18791 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18793 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18794 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18795 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18796 language environment LANG-ENV.
18798 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18800 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18801 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18802 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18803 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18804 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18805 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18807 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18809 ;;;***
18811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 53104
18812 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18813 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18815 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18816 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18818 \(fn)" t nil)
18820 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18821 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18823 \(fn)" t nil)
18825 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18826 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18828 \(fn)" t nil)
18830 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18831 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18833 \(fn)" t nil)
18835 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18836 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18838 \(fn)" t nil)
18840 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18841 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18843 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18845 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18846 Ping HOST.
18847 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18848 `ping-program-options'.
18850 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18852 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18853 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18855 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18857 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18858 Run nslookup program.
18860 \(fn)" t nil)
18862 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18863 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18865 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18867 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18868 Run dig program.
18870 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18872 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18873 Run ftp program.
18875 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18877 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18878 Finger USER on HOST.
18880 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18882 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18883 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18884 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18885 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18887 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18889 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18892 \(fn)" t nil)
18894 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18895 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18897 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18899 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18900 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18902 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18904 ;;;***
18906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
18907 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18909 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18910 Return a user name/password pair.
18911 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18912 listed in the PORTS list.
18914 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18916 ;;;***
18918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18919 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
18920 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18922 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18923 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18924 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18925 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18926 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18927 closes it.
18929 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18930 make it unique.
18931 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18932 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18933 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18934 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18935 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18936 a port number to connect to.
18938 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18939 values:
18941 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18942 nil or `network'
18943 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18944 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18945 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18946 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18947 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18948 an unencrypted connection.
18949 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18950 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18951 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18952 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18953 returned object is a killed process.
18954 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18955 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18956 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18958 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18959 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18960 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18961 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18962 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18963 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18964 or nil if none could be found.
18965 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18966 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18968 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18970 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18971 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18972 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18974 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18975 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18976 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18978 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18979 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18980 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18982 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18983 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18984 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18985 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18987 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18988 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18990 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18991 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18992 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18993 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18994 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18995 or STARTTLS connections.
18997 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
18998 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19000 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19001 a greeting from the server.
19003 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19004 asynchronously, if possible.
19006 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19008 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19010 ;;;***
19012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
19013 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19014 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19016 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19017 Check whether newsticker is running.
19018 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19019 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19021 \(fn)" nil nil)
19023 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19024 Start the newsticker.
19025 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19026 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19027 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19028 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19030 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19032 ;;;***
19034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19035 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
19036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19038 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19039 Start newsticker plainview.
19041 \(fn)" t nil)
19043 ;;;***
19045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19046 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19047 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19049 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19050 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19052 \(fn)" t nil)
19054 ;;;***
19056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19057 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19060 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19061 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19062 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19063 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19064 empty.
19066 \(fn)" nil nil)
19068 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19069 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19070 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19071 running already.
19073 \(fn)" t nil)
19075 ;;;***
19077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19078 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19079 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19081 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19082 Start newsticker treeview.
19084 \(fn)" t nil)
19086 ;;;***
19088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 53104
19089 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19090 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19091 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19093 ;;;***
19095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 53104 0
19096 ;;;;;; 0))
19097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19099 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19100 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19102 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19104 ;;;***
19106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19109 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19110 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19111 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19112 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19113 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19114 symbol in the alist.
19116 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19118 ;;;***
19120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 53104
19121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19124 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19125 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19126 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19128 \(fn)" t nil)
19130 ;;;***
19132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19135 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19136 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19138 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19140 ;;;***
19142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19143 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19145 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19147 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19148 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19149 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19151 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19154 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19156 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19157 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19158 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19159 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19160 to future sessions.
19162 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19164 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19165 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19166 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19167 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19168 future sessions.
19170 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19172 ;;;***
19174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19175 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19178 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19179 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19180 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19181 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19182 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19183 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19185 \(fn)" t nil)
19187 ;;;***
19189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19190 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19191 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19193 ;;;***
19195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21291 57968
19196 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19197 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19199 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19200 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19201 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19202 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19204 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19206 ;;;***
19208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21373 1839
19209 ;;;;;; 721535 649000))
19210 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19212 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19213 Major mode for editing XML.
19215 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19216 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19217 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19218 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19219 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19220 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19221 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19223 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19225 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19226 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19228 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19229 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19230 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19231 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19232 instead of C-c.
19234 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19235 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19236 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19237 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19238 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19239 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19241 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19242 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19243 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19245 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19246 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19247 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19249 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19250 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19251 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19252 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19253 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19254 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19255 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19256 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19257 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19259 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19261 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19262 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19264 \(fn)" t nil)
19265 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19267 ;;;***
19269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21291 57968
19270 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19271 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19273 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19274 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19275 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19276 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19278 \(fn)" t nil)
19280 ;;;***
19282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21321 34341
19283 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19286 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19287 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19289 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19290 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19291 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19292 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19294 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19296 Key bindings:
19297 \\{octave-mode-map}
19299 \(fn)" t nil)
19301 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19302 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19303 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19305 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19307 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19308 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19310 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19311 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19312 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19316 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19318 ;;;***
19320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 53104
19321 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19324 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19326 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19327 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19328 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19329 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19330 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19332 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19334 Customization:
19336 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19337 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19338 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19339 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19340 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19341 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19342 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19343 Directories to search when finding external units.
19344 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19345 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19347 Coloring:
19349 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19350 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19352 \(fn)" t nil)
19354 ;;;***
19356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
19357 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19359 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19360 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19362 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19364 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19365 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19366 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19367 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19368 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19369 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19371 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19373 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19374 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19375 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19376 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19377 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19379 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19381 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19382 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19384 \(fn)" nil nil)
19386 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19387 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19389 \(fn)" nil nil)
19391 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19392 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19393 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19395 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19396 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19397 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19398 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19399 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19400 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19401 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19402 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19403 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19404 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19406 The following commands are available:
19408 \\{org-mode-map}
19410 \(fn)" t nil)
19412 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19413 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19415 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19416 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19417 in special contexts.
19419 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19420 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19421 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19422 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19423 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19424 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19425 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19426 properties in the buffer.
19427 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19428 including any drawers.
19430 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19432 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19433 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19434 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19435 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19436 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19437 and zoom in further.
19438 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19439 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19441 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19442 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19443 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19444 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19445 times right after creating a new headline.
19447 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19448 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19449 is negative, go up that many levels.
19451 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19452 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19453 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19455 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19456 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19457 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19458 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19460 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19462 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19463 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19464 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19465 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19468 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19470 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19471 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19472 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19473 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19474 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19475 defined by Org-mode).
19477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19479 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19480 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19482 \(fn)" nil nil)
19484 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19485 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19487 \(fn)" nil nil)
19489 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19490 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19491 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19492 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19493 call CMD.
19495 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19497 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19498 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19499 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19500 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19502 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19503 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19504 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19506 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19507 part of Org's core.
19509 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19510 active region.
19512 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19514 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19515 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19516 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19518 \(fn)" t nil)
19520 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19521 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19522 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19523 Org-mode syntax.
19525 \(fn)" t nil)
19527 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19528 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19530 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19532 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19533 Switch between Org buffers.
19534 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19535 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19537 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19538 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19542 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19544 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19546 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19547 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19548 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19549 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19551 \(fn)" t nil)
19553 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19554 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19556 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19558 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19559 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19560 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19562 \(fn)" t nil)
19564 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19565 Reload all org lisp files.
19566 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19568 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19570 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19571 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19573 \(fn)" t nil)
19575 ;;;***
19577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21341 23900
19578 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19579 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19581 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19582 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19586 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19587 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19588 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19589 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19591 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19592 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19593 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19594 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19595 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19596 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19597 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19598 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19599 e Export views to associated files.
19600 s Search entries for keywords.
19601 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19602 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19603 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19604 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19605 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19606 > Remove a previous restriction.
19607 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19608 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19609 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19611 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19612 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19613 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19615 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19616 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19617 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19618 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19619 \(if active).
19621 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19623 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19624 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19625 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19626 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19627 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19628 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19629 before running the agenda command.
19631 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19633 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19634 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19635 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19636 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19637 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19638 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19639 before running the agenda command.
19641 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19642 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19644 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19646 category The category of the item
19647 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19648 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19649 todo selected in TODO match
19650 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19651 diary imported from diary
19652 deadline a deadline on given date
19653 scheduled scheduled on given date
19654 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19655 closed entry was closed on given date
19656 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19657 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19658 block entry has date block including g. date
19659 todo The todo keyword, if any
19660 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19661 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19662 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19663 extra Sting with extra planning info
19664 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19665 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19666 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19668 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19670 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19671 Store agenda views.
19673 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19675 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19676 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19678 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19680 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19681 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19682 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19683 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19685 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19686 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19687 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19689 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19690 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19692 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19693 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19695 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19697 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19698 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19700 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19701 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19702 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19703 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19704 EDIT-AT.
19706 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19707 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19708 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19709 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19710 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19711 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19713 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19714 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19715 including newlines.
19717 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19718 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19719 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19720 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19721 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19722 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19723 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19725 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19726 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19727 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19728 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19730 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19731 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19732 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19733 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19734 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19735 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19736 Boolean search must match as full words.
19738 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19739 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19741 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19743 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19744 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19745 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19746 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19747 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19748 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19752 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19753 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19754 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19756 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19758 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19759 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19760 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19761 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19762 `org-stuck-projects'.
19764 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19766 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19767 Return diary information from org files.
19768 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19769 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19770 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19771 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19772 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19774 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19776 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19778 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19779 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19781 &%%(org-diary)
19783 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19784 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19785 So the example above may also be written as
19787 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19789 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19790 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19791 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19793 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19795 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19796 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19798 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19800 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19801 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19802 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19803 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19804 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19806 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19808 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19809 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19810 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19812 \(fn)" t nil)
19814 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19815 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19816 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19817 appointments.
19819 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19820 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19822 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19823 for filtering entries out.
19825 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19826 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19827 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19829 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19830 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19832 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19833 (category \"Work\"))
19835 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19836 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19838 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19839 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19840 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19841 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19842 details and examples.
19844 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19845 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19847 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19849 ;;;***
19851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21341 23900
19852 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19853 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19855 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19856 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19858 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19860 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19861 Capture something.
19862 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19863 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19864 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19865 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19866 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19867 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19869 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19870 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19871 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19872 stored.
19874 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19876 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19877 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19878 will be bypassed.
19880 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19881 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19882 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19883 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19885 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19887 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19888 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19890 \(fn)" t nil)
19892 ;;;***
19894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21341 23900
19895 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19896 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19898 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19899 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19901 \(fn)" t nil)
19903 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19906 \(fn)" nil nil)
19908 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19909 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19910 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19912 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19914 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19915 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19917 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19919 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19920 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19922 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19924 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19925 Write the column view table.
19926 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19928 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19929 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19930 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19931 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19932 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19933 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19934 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19935 using `org-id-find'.
19936 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19937 a hline before each level <= that number.
19938 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19939 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19940 :skip-empty-rows
19941 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19942 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19944 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19946 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19947 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19949 \(fn)" t nil)
19951 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19952 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19954 \(fn)" t nil)
19956 ;;;***
19958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21341 23900
19959 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19960 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19962 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19963 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19965 \(fn)" nil t)
19967 ;;;***
19969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21291 53104 0
19970 ;;;;;; 0))
19971 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
19973 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
19974 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
19976 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
19978 ;;;***
19980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21341 23900
19981 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19982 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
19984 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
19985 The release version of org-mode.
19986 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19988 \(fn)" nil nil)
19990 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
19991 The Git version of org-mode.
19992 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19994 \(fn)" nil nil)
19996 ;;;***
19998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
19999 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20000 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20001 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20003 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20004 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20005 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20006 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20008 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20009 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20010 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20011 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20013 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20014 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20015 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20016 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20017 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20018 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20020 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20021 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20022 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20024 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20025 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20026 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20027 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20028 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20029 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20030 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20031 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20032 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20033 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20034 The subheadings remain visible.
20035 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20037 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20038 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20039 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20041 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20042 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20044 \(fn)" t nil)
20046 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20047 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20049 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20050 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20052 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20055 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20057 ;;;***
20059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21420 27972
20060 ;;;;;; 753649 0))
20061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20062 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20064 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20065 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20066 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20067 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20068 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20070 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20071 activate the package system at any time.")
20073 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20075 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20076 Install the package PKG.
20077 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20078 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20080 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20082 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20083 Install a package from the current buffer.
20084 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20085 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20086 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20088 \(fn)" t nil)
20090 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20091 Install a package from a file.
20092 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20094 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20096 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20097 Import keys from FILE.
20099 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20101 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20102 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20103 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20104 makes them available for download.
20106 \(fn)" t nil)
20108 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20109 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20110 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20111 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20113 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20115 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20116 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20118 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20120 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20121 Display a list of packages.
20122 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20123 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20124 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20126 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20128 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20130 ;;;***
20132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20133 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20135 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20136 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20137 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20138 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20139 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20140 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20142 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20144 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20145 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20146 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20147 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20148 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20150 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20151 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20152 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20156 ;;;***
20158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20159 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
20160 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20161 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20163 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20164 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20165 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20166 unknown are returned as nil.
20168 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20170 ;;;***
20172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21423 62909
20173 ;;;;;; 33477 0))
20174 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20176 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20177 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20178 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20180 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20181 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20183 Other useful functions are:
20185 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20186 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20187 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20188 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20189 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20190 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20191 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20192 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20193 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20195 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20197 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20198 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20199 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20200 Indentation for case statements.
20201 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20202 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20203 mark after an end.
20204 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20205 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20206 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20207 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20208 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20209 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20210 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20211 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20212 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20213 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20215 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20216 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20218 \(fn)" t nil)
20220 ;;;***
20222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20223 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
20224 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20226 (defvar password-cache t "\
20227 Whether to cache passwords.")
20229 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20231 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20232 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20233 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20235 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20237 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20238 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20240 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20242 ;;;***
20244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 53104
20245 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20248 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20249 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20250 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20252 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20253 _ matches anything.
20254 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20255 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20256 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20257 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20258 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20259 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20260 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20261 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20262 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20263 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20265 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20266 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20267 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20268 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20269 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20270 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20272 PRED can take the form
20273 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20274 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20275 which is the value being matched.
20276 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20277 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20278 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20279 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20280 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20282 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20284 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20286 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20287 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20288 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20289 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20291 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20293 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20295 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20296 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20297 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20298 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20300 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20302 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20304 ;;;***
20306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20307 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20309 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20310 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20312 \(fn)" nil nil)
20314 ;;;***
20316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20317 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20319 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20320 Completion for `gzip'.
20322 \(fn)" nil nil)
20324 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20325 Completion for `bzip2'.
20327 \(fn)" nil nil)
20329 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20330 Completion for GNU `make'.
20332 \(fn)" nil nil)
20334 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20335 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20337 \(fn)" nil nil)
20339 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20341 ;;;***
20343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 53104
20344 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20345 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20347 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20348 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20350 \(fn)" nil nil)
20352 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20353 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20355 \(fn)" nil nil)
20357 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20358 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20360 \(fn)" nil nil)
20362 ;;;***
20364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20365 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20367 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20368 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20370 \(fn)" nil nil)
20372 ;;;***
20374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 53104 0
20375 ;;;;;; 0))
20376 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20378 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20379 Completion for `cd'.
20381 \(fn)" nil nil)
20383 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20385 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20386 Completion for `rmdir'.
20388 \(fn)" nil nil)
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20391 Completion for `rm'.
20393 \(fn)" nil nil)
20395 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20396 Completion for `xargs'.
20398 \(fn)" nil nil)
20400 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20402 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20403 Completion for `which'.
20405 \(fn)" nil nil)
20407 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20408 Completion for the `chown' command.
20410 \(fn)" nil nil)
20412 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20413 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20415 \(fn)" nil nil)
20417 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20418 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20420 \(fn)" nil nil)
20422 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20423 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20424 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20426 \(fn)" nil nil)
20428 ;;;***
20430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20431 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20433 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20434 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20436 \(fn)" nil nil)
20438 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20439 Completion for the `ack' command.
20440 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20441 long options.
20443 \(fn)" nil nil)
20445 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20447 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20448 Completion for the `ag' command.
20450 \(fn)" nil nil)
20452 ;;;***
20454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20455 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20457 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20458 Support extensible programmable completion.
20459 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20460 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20462 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20464 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20465 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20467 \(fn)" t nil)
20469 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20470 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20471 This will modify the current buffer.
20473 \(fn)" t nil)
20475 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20476 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20478 \(fn)" t nil)
20480 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20481 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20482 This will modify the current buffer.
20484 \(fn)" t nil)
20486 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20487 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20489 \(fn)" t nil)
20491 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20492 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20494 \(fn)" t nil)
20496 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20497 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20498 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20499 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20500 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20502 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20504 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20505 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20507 \(fn)" nil nil)
20509 ;;;***
20511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20512 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20514 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20515 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20516 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20517 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20519 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20521 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20523 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20524 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20525 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20526 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20527 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20528 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20529 FLAGS is ignored.
20531 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20533 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20534 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20535 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20536 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20537 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20538 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20539 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20540 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20542 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20544 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20545 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20546 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20547 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20548 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20549 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20550 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20551 passed to cvs.
20553 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20555 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20556 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20557 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20558 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20559 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20560 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20561 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20563 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20565 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20566 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20567 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20569 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20571 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20572 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20573 A value of nil means never do it.
20574 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20575 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20576 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20578 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20580 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20581 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20582 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20584 ;;;***
20586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 53104
20587 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20588 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20590 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20591 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20593 ;;;***
20595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21341
20596 ;;;;;; 23900 0 0))
20597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20598 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20599 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20600 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20601 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20602 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20603 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20605 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20606 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20607 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20608 Tab indents for Perl code.
20609 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20610 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20611 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20612 \\{perl-mode-map}
20613 Variables controlling indentation style:
20614 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20615 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20616 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20617 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20618 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20619 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20620 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20621 `perl-nochange'
20622 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20623 `perl-indent-level'
20624 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20625 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20626 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20627 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20628 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20629 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20630 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20631 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20632 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20633 `perl-brace-offset'
20634 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20635 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20636 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20637 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20638 `perl-label-offset'
20639 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20640 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20641 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20643 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20644 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20645 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20646 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20647 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20648 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20649 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20651 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20653 \(fn)" t nil)
20655 ;;;***
20657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21419 27241
20658 ;;;;;; 500420 0))
20659 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20661 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20662 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20663 \\<picture-mode-map>
20664 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20665 afterwards settable by these commands:
20667 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20668 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20669 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20670 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20672 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20673 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20674 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20675 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20677 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20678 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20679 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20680 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20682 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20683 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20684 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20685 with these commands:
20687 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20688 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20689 Move to column following last
20690 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20691 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20692 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20693 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20694 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20695 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20697 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20699 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20700 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20701 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20702 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20703 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20704 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20706 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20707 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20708 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20709 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20710 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20711 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20712 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20714 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20715 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20716 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20717 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20718 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20719 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20720 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20721 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20723 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20724 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20725 by supplying an argument.
20727 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20729 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20730 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20732 \(fn)" t nil)
20734 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20736 ;;;***
20738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 53104 0
20739 ;;;;;; 0))
20740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20742 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20743 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20745 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20747 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20748 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20750 \(fn)" t nil)
20752 ;;;***
20754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20755 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20757 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20758 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20759 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20761 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20763 ;;;***
20765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20766 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20768 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20769 Play pong and waste time.
20770 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20771 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20773 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20775 \\{pong-mode-map}
20777 \(fn)" t nil)
20779 ;;;***
20781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20784 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20785 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20786 Use streaming commands.
20788 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20790 ;;;***
20792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
20793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20795 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20796 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20797 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20798 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20800 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20802 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20803 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20805 \(fn)" nil nil)
20807 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20808 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20809 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20810 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20811 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20813 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20815 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20816 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20817 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20819 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20821 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20822 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20824 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20826 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20827 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20828 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20829 Ignores leading comment characters.
20831 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20833 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20834 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20835 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20836 Ignores leading comment characters.
20838 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20840 ;;;***
20842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21359 23622 725850
20843 ;;;;;; 0))
20844 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20845 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20847 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20848 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20850 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20852 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20854 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20856 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20857 Preview directory using ghostview.
20859 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20860 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20861 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20862 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20864 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20865 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20866 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20867 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20868 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20869 file name.
20871 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20873 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20875 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20876 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20878 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20879 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20880 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20881 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20883 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20884 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20885 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20886 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20887 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20888 file name.
20890 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20892 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20894 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20895 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20897 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20898 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20899 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20900 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20902 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20903 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20904 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20905 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20906 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20907 file name.
20909 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20911 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20913 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20914 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20916 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20918 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20919 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20920 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20921 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20923 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20924 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20925 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20926 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20927 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20928 file name.
20930 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20932 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20934 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20935 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20937 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20938 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20939 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20941 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20942 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20943 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20944 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20946 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20948 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20949 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20951 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20952 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20953 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20955 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20956 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20957 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20958 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20960 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20962 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20963 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20965 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20966 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20967 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20969 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20970 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20971 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20972 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20974 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20976 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20977 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20979 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20981 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20982 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20983 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20985 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20986 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20987 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20988 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20990 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20992 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20993 Preview region using ghostview.
20995 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20997 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20999 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21000 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21002 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21004 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21006 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21007 Print region using PostScript printer.
21009 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21011 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21013 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21014 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21016 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21018 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21020 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21021 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21023 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21025 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21027 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21028 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21030 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21032 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21034 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21035 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21037 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21039 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21041 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21042 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21044 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21046 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21048 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21049 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21050 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21051 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21053 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21054 matching.
21056 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21057 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21059 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21061 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21063 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21064 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21065 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21066 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21068 \(fn)" t nil)
21070 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21071 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21072 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21073 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21075 \(fn)" t nil)
21077 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21078 Print directory using text printer.
21080 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21081 matching.
21083 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21084 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21086 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21088 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21090 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21091 Print buffer using text printer.
21093 \(fn)" t nil)
21095 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21096 Print region using text printer.
21098 \(fn)" t nil)
21100 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21101 Print major mode using text printer.
21103 \(fn)" t nil)
21105 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21106 Preview spooled PostScript.
21108 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21109 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21110 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21112 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21113 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21114 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21116 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21118 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21119 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21121 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21122 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21123 instead of sending it to the printer.
21125 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21126 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21127 image in a file with that name.
21129 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21131 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21132 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21134 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21135 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21136 instead of sending it to the printer.
21138 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21139 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21140 image in a file with that name.
21142 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21144 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21145 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21147 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21148 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21149 instead of sending it to the printer.
21151 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21152 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21153 image in a file with that name.
21155 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21157 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21158 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21160 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21162 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21163 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21165 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21167 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21168 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21170 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21172 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21173 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21175 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21177 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21178 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21180 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21182 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21183 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21185 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21186 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21187 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21188 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21190 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21191 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21192 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21193 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21194 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21195 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21196 file name.
21198 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21200 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21201 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21203 \(fn)" t nil)
21205 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21206 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21208 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21209 right.
21210 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21211 bottom.
21213 \(fn)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21216 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21218 \(fn)" t nil)
21220 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21221 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21223 \(fn)" t nil)
21225 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21226 Toggle printing with faces.
21228 \(fn)" t nil)
21230 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21231 Toggle spooling.
21233 \(fn)" t nil)
21235 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21236 Toggle duplex.
21238 \(fn)" t nil)
21240 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21241 Toggle tumble.
21243 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21244 right.
21245 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21246 bottom.
21248 \(fn)" t nil)
21250 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21251 Toggle landscape.
21253 \(fn)" t nil)
21255 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21256 Toggle upside-down.
21258 \(fn)" t nil)
21260 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21261 Toggle line number.
21263 \(fn)" t nil)
21265 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21266 Toggle zebra stripes.
21268 \(fn)" t nil)
21270 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21271 Toggle printing header.
21273 \(fn)" t nil)
21275 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21276 Toggle printing header frame.
21278 \(fn)" t nil)
21280 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21281 Toggle menu lock.
21283 \(fn)" t nil)
21285 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21286 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21288 \(fn)" t nil)
21290 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21291 Toggle auto mode.
21293 \(fn)" t nil)
21295 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21296 Customization of the `printing' group.
21298 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21300 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21301 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21303 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21305 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21306 Help for the printing package.
21308 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21310 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21311 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21313 \(fn)" t nil)
21315 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21316 Interactively select a text printer.
21318 \(fn)" t nil)
21320 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21321 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21323 \(fn)" t nil)
21325 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21326 Show current ps-print settings.
21328 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21330 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21331 Show current printing settings.
21333 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21335 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21336 Show current lpr settings.
21338 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21340 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21341 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21343 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21344 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21345 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21346 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21349 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21351 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21352 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21353 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21355 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21356 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21357 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21358 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21359 current active printer.
21361 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21362 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21363 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21364 printer.
21366 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21367 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21368 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21369 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21370 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21373 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21374 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21376 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21378 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21379 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21380 be done using the new current active printer.
21382 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21383 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21384 printer.
21386 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21387 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21388 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21389 instead of sending it to the printer.
21391 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21392 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21393 printer.
21395 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21398 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21399 are both set to t.
21401 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21403 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21404 Fast fire function for text printing.
21406 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21407 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21408 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21409 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21411 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21412 user for a new active text printer.
21414 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21416 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21418 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21419 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21420 printer.
21422 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21424 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21425 are both set to t.
21427 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21429 ;;;***
21431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21432 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21434 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21435 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21436 \\<proced-mode-map>
21437 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21438 the process information.
21440 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21442 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21443 Proced buffers.
21445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21447 ;;;***
21449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21450 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21452 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21453 Start/restart profilers.
21454 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21455 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21456 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21458 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21460 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21461 Open profile FILENAME.
21463 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21465 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21466 Open profile FILENAME.
21468 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21470 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21471 Open profile FILENAME.
21473 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21475 ;;;***
21477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21346 62196
21478 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21481 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21482 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21484 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21485 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21487 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21489 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21490 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21492 Commands:
21493 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21495 \(fn)" t nil)
21497 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21498 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21499 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21501 \(fn)" t nil)
21503 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21504 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21505 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21507 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21509 ;;;***
21511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21512 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21514 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21515 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21516 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21518 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21520 ;;;***
21522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 53104
21523 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21525 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21527 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21528 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21530 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21532 The following variables hold user options, and can
21533 be set through the `customize' command:
21535 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21536 `ps-mode-tab'
21537 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21538 `ps-mode-print-function'
21539 `ps-run-prompt'
21540 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21541 `ps-run-x'
21542 `ps-run-dumb'
21543 `ps-run-init'
21544 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21545 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21547 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21550 \\{ps-mode-map}
21553 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21554 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21555 The keymap for this second window is:
21557 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21560 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21561 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21562 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21563 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21564 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21566 \(fn)" t nil)
21568 ;;;***
21570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21359 23622 725850
21571 ;;;;;; 0))
21572 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21573 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21575 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21576 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21577 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21579 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21581 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21582 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21583 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21584 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21586 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21588 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21589 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21591 Valid values are:
21593 nil Do not print colors.
21595 t Print colors.
21597 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21598 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21600 Any other value is treated as t.")
21602 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21604 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21605 Customization of ps-print group.
21607 \(fn)" t nil)
21609 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21610 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21612 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21613 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21614 sending it to the printer.
21616 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21617 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21618 image in a file with that name.
21620 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21622 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21623 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21624 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21625 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21626 so it has a way to determine color values.
21628 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21630 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21631 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21632 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21634 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21636 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21637 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21638 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21639 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21640 so it has a way to determine color values.
21642 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21644 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21645 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21646 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21647 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21649 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21651 \(fn)" t nil)
21653 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21654 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21655 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21656 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21657 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21659 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21661 \(fn)" t nil)
21663 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21664 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21665 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21667 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21669 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21671 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21672 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21673 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21674 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21675 so it has a way to determine color values.
21677 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21679 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21681 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21682 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21684 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21685 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21686 instead of sending it to the printer.
21688 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21689 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21690 image in a file with that name.
21692 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21694 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21695 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21696 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21697 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21698 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21700 \(fn)" t nil)
21702 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21703 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21704 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21706 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21708 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21709 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21710 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21712 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21714 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21715 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21717 \(fn)" nil nil)
21719 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21720 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21722 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21723 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21725 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21726 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21728 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21730 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21732 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21734 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21735 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21737 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21738 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21740 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21741 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21743 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21745 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21747 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21749 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21750 foreground and background colors respectively.
21752 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21753 bold - use bold font.
21754 italic - use italic font.
21755 underline - put a line under text.
21756 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21757 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21758 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21759 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21760 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21762 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21764 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21766 ;;;***
21768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21769 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21770 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21772 ;;;***
21774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21426 39108
21775 ;;;;;; 202017 0))
21776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21777 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21779 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21781 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21783 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21784 Run an inferior Python process.
21785 Input and output via buffer named after
21786 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21787 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21789 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21790 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21791 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21792 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21794 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21795 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21796 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21798 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21800 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21801 Major mode for editing Python files.
21803 \\{python-mode-map}
21805 \(fn)" t nil)
21807 ;;;***
21809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
21810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21812 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21813 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21814 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21815 coding-system.
21817 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21818 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21820 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21821 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21822 them into characters should be done separately.
21824 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21826 ;;;***
21828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 53104
21829 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21830 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21832 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21833 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21835 \(fn)" nil nil)
21837 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21838 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21839 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21841 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21842 `quail-activate', which see.
21844 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21846 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21847 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21848 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21849 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21850 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21851 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21852 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21854 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21855 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21856 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21857 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21858 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21859 shown.
21860 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21862 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21863 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21864 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21865 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21866 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21867 list of candidates.
21869 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21870 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21871 command to be called.
21873 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21874 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21875 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21876 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21878 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21879 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21880 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21881 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21882 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21883 to t.
21885 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21886 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21887 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21888 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21890 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21891 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21892 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21893 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21894 defines no translations for single character keys.
21896 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21897 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21898 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21899 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21900 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21901 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21903 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21904 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21905 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21906 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21907 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21908 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21910 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21911 covers Quail translation region.
21913 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21914 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21915 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21916 for it) is inserted.
21918 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21919 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21920 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21922 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21923 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21924 non-Quail commands.
21926 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21928 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21929 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21931 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21932 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21933 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21934 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21935 you type is correctly handled.
21937 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21939 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21940 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21942 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21943 keyboard type.
21945 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21947 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21948 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21949 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21950 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21951 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21952 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21953 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21954 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21955 for the translation.
21956 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21958 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21959 it is used to handle KEY.
21961 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21962 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21963 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21964 the following annotation types are supported.
21966 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21967 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21969 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21970 candidate list.
21972 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21973 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21974 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21975 inserted.
21977 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21978 generated for the following translations.
21980 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
21982 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21983 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21985 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21986 which to install MAP.
21988 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21990 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21992 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21993 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21995 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21996 which to install MAP.
21998 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22000 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22002 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22003 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22004 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22005 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22006 a function, or a cons.
22007 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22008 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22009 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22010 for the translation.
22011 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22012 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22013 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22014 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22015 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22017 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22018 it is used to handle KEY.
22020 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22021 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22022 current Quail package.
22024 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22025 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22027 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22029 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22030 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22032 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22033 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22035 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22037 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22038 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22040 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22042 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22043 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22044 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22045 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22046 of the Emacs source tree.
22048 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22049 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22051 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22052 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22053 of each directory.
22055 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22057 ;;;***
22059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22060 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22061 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22063 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22064 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22065 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22066 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22068 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22070 ;;;***
22072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22073 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22074 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22076 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22077 Activate UCS input method.
22078 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22080 While this input method is active, the variable
22081 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22083 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22085 ;;;***
22087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 53104 0
22088 ;;;;;; 0))
22089 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22091 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22092 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22093 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22094 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22096 To make use of this do something like:
22098 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22100 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22102 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22103 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22105 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22106 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22107 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22109 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22111 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22112 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22114 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22116 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22117 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22119 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22120 is decided.
22122 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22124 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22125 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22127 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22128 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22129 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22131 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22133 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22134 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22136 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22138 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22139 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22141 \(fn)" t nil)
22143 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22144 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22146 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22148 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22150 \(fn)" t nil)
22152 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22153 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22155 \(fn)" t nil)
22157 ;;;***
22159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22162 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22163 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22165 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22167 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22169 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22171 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22173 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22176 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22178 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22179 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22180 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22182 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22183 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22185 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22187 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22188 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22189 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22190 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22191 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22195 ;;;***
22197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22198 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22201 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22203 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22204 Construct a regexp interactively.
22205 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22206 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22207 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22209 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22210 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22212 \(fn)" t nil)
22214 ;;;***
22216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22217 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22219 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22220 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22221 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22223 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22224 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22226 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22228 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22229 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22231 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22232 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22234 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22235 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22236 were operated on recently.
22238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22240 ;;;***
22242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22243 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22245 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22246 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22247 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22248 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22249 ends.
22251 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22252 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22253 to be deleted.
22255 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22257 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22258 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22259 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22261 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22262 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22263 deleted.
22265 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22267 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22268 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22269 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22271 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22273 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22274 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22276 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22277 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22279 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22280 deleted.
22282 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22283 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22284 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22285 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22286 even beep.)
22288 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22290 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22291 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22293 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22295 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22296 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22298 \(fn)" t nil)
22300 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22301 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22302 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22303 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22304 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22305 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22306 and point is at the lower right corner.
22308 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22310 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22311 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22313 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22314 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22316 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22317 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22318 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22320 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22322 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22324 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22325 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22326 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22327 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22328 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22330 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22331 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22333 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22335 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22336 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22337 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22339 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22341 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22343 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22345 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22346 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22348 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22349 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22350 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22352 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22354 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22355 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22356 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22358 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22359 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22360 rectangle which were empty.
22362 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22364 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22365 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22367 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22368 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22369 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22370 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22372 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22374 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22375 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22376 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22380 ;;;***
22382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 53104
22383 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22386 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22387 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22388 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22389 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22390 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22392 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22393 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22394 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22395 auto-filling.
22397 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22401 ;;;***
22403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 53104
22404 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22405 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22407 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22408 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22410 \(fn)" nil nil)
22412 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22413 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22415 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22416 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22418 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22419 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22420 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22421 \\ref macro.
22423 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22424 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22425 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22427 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22428 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22429 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22431 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22432 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22434 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22435 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22437 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22438 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22439 on the menu bar.
22441 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22445 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22446 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22447 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22449 \(fn)" nil nil)
22451 ;;;***
22453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22454 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22455 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22457 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22458 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22459 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22460 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22461 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22462 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22464 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22466 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22468 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22469 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22470 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22471 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22472 `reftex-cite-format'.
22474 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22475 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22476 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22477 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22479 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22481 ;;;***
22483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22484 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22485 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22487 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22488 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22489 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22490 the current TeX document.
22492 With no argument, this command toggles
22493 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22494 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22498 ;;;***
22500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22501 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
22502 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22504 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22505 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22506 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22508 To insert new phrases, use
22509 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22510 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22512 To index phrases use one of:
22514 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22515 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22516 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22517 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22518 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22520 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22521 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22523 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22525 Here are all local bindings.
22527 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22529 \(fn)" t nil)
22531 ;;;***
22533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22534 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 0 0))
22535 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22537 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22538 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22539 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22540 of master file.
22542 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22544 ;;;***
22546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22547 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22548 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22549 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22550 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22551 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22552 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22554 ;;;***
22556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22557 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
22558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22560 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22561 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22562 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22563 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22564 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22565 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22567 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22568 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22570 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22571 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22572 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22573 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22575 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22577 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22578 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22579 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22580 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22582 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22584 ;;;***
22586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 53104 0
22587 ;;;;;; 0))
22588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22589 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22591 ;;;***
22593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 53104
22594 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22595 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22596 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22598 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22599 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22600 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22601 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22603 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22605 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22607 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22608 Call `remember' in another frame.
22610 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22612 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22613 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22614 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22616 \(fn)" t nil)
22618 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22619 Extract diary entries from the region.
22621 \(fn)" nil nil)
22623 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22624 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22625 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22626 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22628 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22630 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22631 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22632 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22633 minor mode.
22635 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22637 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22638 Return the buffer.
22640 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22641 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22642 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22644 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22646 ;;;***
22648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22649 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22650 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22652 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22653 Repeat most recently executed command.
22654 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22655 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22656 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22658 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22659 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22660 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22661 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22663 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22664 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22665 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22667 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22669 ;;;***
22671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 53104
22672 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22673 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22675 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22676 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22678 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22679 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22680 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22681 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22682 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22683 and point is left after the salutation.
22685 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22686 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22687 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22688 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22689 left after that text.
22691 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22692 is non-nil.
22694 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22695 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22696 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22697 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22699 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22701 ;;;***
22703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 53104 0
22704 ;;;;;; 0))
22705 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22707 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22708 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22709 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22710 visibility of comments that precede it.
22711 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22712 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22713 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22714 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22715 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22716 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22717 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22718 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22719 the comment lines.
22720 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22721 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22722 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22723 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22724 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22728 ;;;***
22730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22731 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22733 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22734 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22735 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22736 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22737 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22739 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22740 reveals invisible text around point.
22742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22744 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22745 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22746 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22749 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22751 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22753 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22754 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22755 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22757 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22758 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22759 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22763 ;;;***
22765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 53104 0
22766 ;;;;;; 0))
22767 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22769 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22770 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22772 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22774 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22775 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22777 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22779 ;;;***
22781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
22782 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22784 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22785 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22786 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22787 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22789 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22791 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22792 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22793 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22794 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22796 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22797 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22799 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22800 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22802 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22803 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22804 INPUT-ARGS.
22806 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22807 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22808 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22809 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22810 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22812 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22813 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22814 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22815 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22817 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22818 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22819 variable.
22821 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22823 ;;;***
22825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21349 10841 0 0))
22826 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22828 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22829 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22831 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22833 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22835 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22836 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22837 Its name should end with a slash.")
22839 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22840 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22842 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22843 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22844 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22846 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22848 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22849 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22850 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22851 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22852 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22853 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22854 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22856 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22857 sent by you under different user names.
22858 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22860 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22862 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22864 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22866 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22867 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22868 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22869 explicitly.")
22871 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22873 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22874 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22875 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22876 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22877 which normally happens once for each message,
22878 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22879 To make a change in this variable take effect
22880 for a message that you have already viewed,
22881 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22883 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22885 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22886 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22887 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22888 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22890 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22892 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22893 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22895 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22897 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22898 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22899 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22901 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22903 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22904 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22905 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22906 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22907 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22908 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22910 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22912 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22913 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22915 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22917 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22918 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22920 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22922 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22923 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22925 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22926 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22928 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22930 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22931 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22933 This is set to nil by default.")
22935 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22936 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22937 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22938 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22939 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22940 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22941 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22943 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22944 Read and edit incoming mail.
22945 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22946 file in RMAIL Mode.
22947 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22949 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22950 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22951 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22952 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22954 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22956 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22958 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22959 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22960 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22961 Instead, these commands are available:
22963 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22964 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22965 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22966 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22967 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22968 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22969 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22970 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22971 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22972 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22973 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22974 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22975 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22976 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22977 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22978 till a deleted message is found.
22979 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22980 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22981 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22982 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22983 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22984 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22985 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22986 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22987 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22988 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22989 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22990 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22991 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22992 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22993 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22994 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22995 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22996 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22997 (label defaults to last one specified).
22998 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22999 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23000 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23001 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23002 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23003 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23004 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23005 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23006 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23008 \(fn)" t nil)
23010 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23011 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23013 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23015 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23016 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23018 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23020 ;;;***
23022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 53104
23023 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23024 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23025 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23027 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23028 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23029 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23030 case it writes Babyl.
23032 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23033 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23034 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23035 `rmail-default-file'.
23037 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23038 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23039 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23041 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23042 the header display is currently pruned.
23044 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23045 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23046 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23047 messages after output.
23049 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23050 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23051 message (if writing a file directly).
23053 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23054 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23056 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23058 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23059 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23060 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23061 i) the header is output as currently seen
23062 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23063 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23065 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23066 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23067 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23069 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23071 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23072 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23073 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23074 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23075 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23076 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23077 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23079 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23080 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23081 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23083 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23085 ;;;***
23087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 19378
23088 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23089 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23091 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23092 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23093 Return a pattern.
23095 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23097 ;;;***
23099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21291 57968
23100 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23101 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23103 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23104 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23105 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23106 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23108 \(fn)" t nil)
23110 ;;;***
23112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21291 57968
23113 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23114 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23116 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23117 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23119 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23120 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23121 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23122 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23123 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23124 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23125 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23126 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23127 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23128 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23130 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23131 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23132 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23133 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23134 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23135 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23136 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23137 to use for finding the schema.
23139 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23141 ;;;***
23143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21291 57968 0
23144 ;;;;;; 0))
23145 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23147 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23149 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23150 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23151 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23152 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23153 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23154 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23155 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23156 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23157 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23158 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23159 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23160 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23161 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23162 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23163 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23164 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23165 must be equal.
23167 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23169 ;;;***
23171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28607
23172 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23173 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23175 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23176 Define a robin package.
23178 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23179 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23180 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23181 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23183 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23184 one replaces the old one.
23186 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23188 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23189 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23191 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23192 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23193 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23195 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23197 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23198 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23200 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23202 ;;;***
23204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23205 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23207 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23208 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23210 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23212 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23213 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23215 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23217 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23218 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23220 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23222 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23223 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23224 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23226 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23227 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23228 in ROT13.
23230 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23232 \(fn)" t nil)
23234 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23235 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23237 \(fn)" t nil)
23239 ;;;***
23241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21343 47921 0 0))
23242 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23245 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23246 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23247 \\<rst-mode-map>
23249 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23250 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23251 highlighting.
23253 \\{rst-mode-map}
23255 \(fn)" t nil)
23257 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23258 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23260 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23261 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23263 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23264 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23265 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23269 ;;;***
23271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21406
23272 ;;;;;; 53815 191813 0))
23273 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23274 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23276 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23277 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23279 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23281 \(fn)" t nil)
23283 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23285 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23287 ;;;***
23289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21419 27241 500420
23290 ;;;;;; 0))
23291 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23292 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23294 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23295 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23296 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23298 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23299 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23300 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23301 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23302 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23306 ;;;***
23308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23309 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23311 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23312 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23313 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23314 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23316 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23318 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23319 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23320 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23322 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23323 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23324 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23326 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23327 notation.
23329 STRING
23330 matches string STRING literally.
23332 CHAR
23333 matches character CHAR literally.
23335 `not-newline', `nonl'
23336 matches any character except a newline.
23338 `anything'
23339 matches any character
23341 `(any SET ...)'
23342 `(in SET ...)'
23343 `(char SET ...)'
23344 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23345 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23346 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23348 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23349 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23350 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23351 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23353 `(not (any SET ...))'
23354 matches any character not in SET ...
23356 `line-start', `bol'
23357 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23358 in the text being matched
23360 `line-end', `eol'
23361 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23363 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23364 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23365 string being matched against.
23367 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23368 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23369 string being matched against.
23371 `buffer-start'
23372 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23373 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23375 `buffer-end'
23376 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23377 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23379 `point'
23380 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23382 `word-start', `bow'
23383 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23385 `word-end', `eow'
23386 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23388 `word-boundary'
23389 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23390 word.
23392 `(not word-boundary)'
23393 `not-word-boundary'
23394 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23395 word.
23397 `symbol-start'
23398 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23400 `symbol-end'
23401 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23403 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23404 matches 0 through 9.
23406 `control', `cntrl'
23407 matches ASCII control characters.
23409 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23410 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23412 `blank'
23413 matches space and tab only.
23415 `graphic', `graph'
23416 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23417 space, and DEL.
23419 `printing', `print'
23420 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23421 and DEL.
23423 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23424 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23425 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23427 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23428 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23429 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23431 `ascii'
23432 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23434 `nonascii'
23435 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23437 `lower', `lower-case'
23438 matches anything lower-case.
23440 `upper', `upper-case'
23441 matches anything upper-case.
23443 `punctuation', `punct'
23444 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23445 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23447 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23448 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23450 `word', `wordchar'
23451 matches anything that has word syntax.
23453 `not-wordchar'
23454 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23456 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23457 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23458 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23459 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23461 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23462 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23463 `word' (\\sw)
23464 `symbol' (\\s_)
23465 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23466 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23467 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23468 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23469 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23470 `escape' (\\s\\)
23471 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23472 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23473 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23474 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23475 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23477 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23478 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23480 `(category CATEGORY)'
23481 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23482 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23484 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23485 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23486 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23487 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23488 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23489 `symbol' (\\c5)
23490 `digit' (\\c6)
23491 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23492 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23493 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23494 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23495 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23496 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23497 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23498 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23499 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23500 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23501 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23502 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23503 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23504 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23505 `ascii' (\\ca)
23506 `arabic' (\\cb)
23507 `chinese' (\\cc)
23508 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23509 `greek' (\\cg)
23510 `korean' (\\ch)
23511 `indian' (\\ci)
23512 `japanese' (\\cj)
23513 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23514 `latin' (\\cl)
23515 `lao' (\\co)
23516 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23517 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23518 `thai' (\\ct)
23519 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23520 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23521 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23522 `can-break' (\\c|)
23524 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23525 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23527 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23528 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23529 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23530 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23531 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23533 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23534 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23535 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23536 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23538 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23539 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23540 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23541 group number N.
23543 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23544 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23545 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23546 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23547 regular expression.
23549 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23550 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23551 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23552 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23553 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23555 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23556 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23558 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23559 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23561 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23562 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23563 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23565 `(* SEXP ...)'
23566 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23567 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23569 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23570 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23571 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23573 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23574 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23575 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23577 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23578 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23580 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23581 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23583 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23584 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23585 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23586 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23588 `(? SEXP ...)'
23589 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23591 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23592 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23594 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23595 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23596 matches N occurrences.
23598 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23599 matches N or more occurrences.
23601 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23602 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23603 matches N to M occurrences.
23605 `(backref N)'
23606 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23608 `(eval FORM)'
23609 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23610 `regexp-quote' it.
23612 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23613 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23615 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23617 ;;;***
23619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 53104
23620 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23621 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23622 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23624 ;;;***
23626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23627 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23628 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23630 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23631 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23632 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23633 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23634 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23635 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23637 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23639 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23640 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23641 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23642 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23643 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23645 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23646 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23647 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23648 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23650 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23651 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23652 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23656 ;;;***
23658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21372 35662
23659 ;;;;;; 356409 0))
23660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23662 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23663 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23664 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23666 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23667 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23668 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23669 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23670 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23671 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23672 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23673 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23675 Commands:
23676 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23677 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23678 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23680 \(fn)" t nil)
23682 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23683 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23684 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23686 Commands:
23687 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23688 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23689 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23690 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23691 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23692 that variable's value is a string.
23694 \(fn)" t nil)
23696 ;;;***
23698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 53104
23699 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23702 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23703 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23704 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23706 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23708 \(fn)" t nil)
23710 ;;;***
23712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 53104 0
23713 ;;;;;; 0))
23714 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23716 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23717 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23718 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23721 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23723 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23725 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23726 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23728 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23729 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23731 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23732 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23736 ;;;***
23738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 53104
23739 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23742 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23743 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23744 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23745 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23746 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23747 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23748 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23749 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23753 ;;;***
23755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
23756 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23757 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23758 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23760 ;;;***
23762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 53104
23763 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23764 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23765 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23767 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23768 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23769 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23771 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23772 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23773 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23774 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23775 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23776 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23777 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23778 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23779 keybinding for tag names.
23780 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23781 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23782 of the symbol under point.
23783 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23784 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23785 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23786 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23787 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23788 syntax tokens.
23789 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23791 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23793 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23794 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23795 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23798 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23800 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23802 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23803 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23805 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23806 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23808 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23809 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23810 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23811 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23812 Semantic mode.
23814 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23818 ;;;***
23820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23821 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
23822 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23824 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23825 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23827 \(fn)" t nil)
23829 ;;;***
23831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23832 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
23833 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23835 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23836 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23838 \(fn)" t nil)
23840 ;;;***
23842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 53104
23843 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23844 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23846 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23847 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23849 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23850 king@grassland.com
23851 If `parens', they look like:
23852 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23853 If `angles', they look like:
23854 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23856 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23857 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23859 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23861 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23862 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23863 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23864 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23866 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23867 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23868 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23869 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23871 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23873 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23874 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23875 This is done when the message is initialized,
23876 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23878 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23880 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23881 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23882 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23884 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23886 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23887 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23888 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23889 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23890 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23891 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23892 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23894 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23896 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23897 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23899 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23901 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23902 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23903 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23904 be a Babyl file.")
23906 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23908 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23909 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23910 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23911 when you first send mail.")
23913 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23915 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23916 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23917 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23918 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23919 This file need not actually exist.")
23921 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23923 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23924 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23926 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23928 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23929 Alist of mail address aliases,
23930 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23931 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23932 can specify a different file name.)
23933 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23934 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23936 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23937 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23938 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23940 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23942 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23943 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23944 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23946 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23948 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23949 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23950 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23951 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23952 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23953 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23954 in the cited portion of the message.
23956 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23957 instead of no action.")
23959 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23961 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23962 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23963 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23964 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23965 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23967 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23969 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23970 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23971 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23972 If a string, that string is inserted.
23973 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23974 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23975 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23976 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23978 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23980 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23981 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23983 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23985 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23986 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23987 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23989 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23990 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23992 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23994 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23995 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23996 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23997 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23999 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24001 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24002 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24003 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24005 \(fn)" nil nil)
24007 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24009 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24012 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24014 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24015 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24016 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24018 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24019 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24021 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24022 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24023 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24024 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24025 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24026 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24027 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24028 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24029 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24030 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24031 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24032 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24033 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24034 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24036 \(fn)" t nil)
24038 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24039 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24040 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24041 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24043 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24045 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24046 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24047 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24048 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24049 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24050 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24052 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24053 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24054 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24056 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24057 User should not set this variable manually,
24058 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24059 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24060 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24062 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24063 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24064 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24065 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24067 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24068 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24070 \\<mail-mode-map>
24071 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24073 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24074 to move to message header fields:
24075 \\{mail-mode-map}
24077 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24078 when the message is initialized.
24080 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24081 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24083 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24084 is inserted.
24086 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24087 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24089 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24090 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24091 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24092 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24093 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24094 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24095 buffer without erasing the contents.
24097 The second through fifth arguments,
24098 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24099 the initial contents of those header fields.
24100 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24101 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24102 original message being replied to, or else an action
24103 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24104 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24105 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24106 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24107 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24108 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24110 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24112 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24113 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24115 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24117 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24118 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24120 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24122 ;;;***
24124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24125 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24127 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24129 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24131 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24133 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24134 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24135 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24136 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24137 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24138 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24140 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24141 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24143 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24144 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24145 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24147 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24148 \\[server-start].
24150 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24152 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24153 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24154 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24155 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24157 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24159 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24160 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24161 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24162 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24163 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24164 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24166 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24168 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24169 Toggle Server mode.
24170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24171 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24172 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24174 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24175 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24176 `server-start' for details.
24178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24180 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24181 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24182 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24184 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24185 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24187 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24189 ;;;***
24191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24192 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24194 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24195 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24197 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24198 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24199 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24200 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24201 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24203 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24204 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24205 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24206 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24207 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24208 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24210 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24211 displayed.
24213 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24214 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24215 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24217 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24218 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24220 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24221 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24223 \\{ses-mode-map}
24224 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24225 part):
24226 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24227 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24228 formula:
24229 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24231 \(fn)" t nil)
24233 ;;;***
24235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24236 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
24237 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24239 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24240 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24241 Makes > match <.
24242 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24243 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24245 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24246 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24247 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24249 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24250 in your init file.
24252 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24254 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24255 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24256 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24258 \(fn)" t nil)
24260 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24261 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24262 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24263 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24264 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24265 which this is based.
24267 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24269 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24270 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24271 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24272 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24274 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24275 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24276 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24278 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24279 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24280 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24281 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24283 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24284 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24285 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24286 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24288 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24290 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24291 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24292 To work around that, do:
24293 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24295 \\{html-mode-map}
24297 \(fn)" t nil)
24299 ;;;***
24301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21418
24302 ;;;;;; 44988 932893 0))
24303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24304 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24305 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24307 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24308 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24309 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24310 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24311 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24312 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24314 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24315 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24316 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24317 shell-specific features.
24319 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24320 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24321 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24322 \\<sh-mode-map>
24323 \\[sh-case] case statement
24324 \\[sh-for] for loop
24325 \\[sh-function] function definition
24326 \\[sh-if] if statement
24327 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24328 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24329 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24330 \\[sh-select] select loop
24331 \\[sh-until] until loop
24332 \\[sh-while] while loop
24334 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24335 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24336 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24337 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24338 would indent to the way it currently is.
24339 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24340 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24343 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24344 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24345 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24346 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24347 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24348 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24350 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24351 unquoted < insert a here document.
24353 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24354 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24355 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24357 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24358 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24360 \(fn)" t nil)
24362 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24364 ;;;***
24366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 53104
24367 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24370 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24371 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24373 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24374 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24375 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24377 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24378 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24379 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24380 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24381 the earlier.
24383 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24385 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24387 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24388 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24389 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24391 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24392 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24394 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24395 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24396 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24397 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24398 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24399 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24400 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24401 Emacs version).
24403 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24404 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24405 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24406 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24407 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24409 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24410 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24412 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24414 ;;;***
24416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 53104 0
24417 ;;;;;; 0))
24418 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24420 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24421 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24422 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24423 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24424 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24425 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24426 sites in the cluster.
24428 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24430 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24431 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24432 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24433 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24434 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24436 \(fn)" t nil)
24438 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24439 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24440 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24441 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24442 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24443 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24444 `shadow-define-cluster').
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24448 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24449 Set up file shadowing.
24451 \(fn)" t nil)
24453 ;;;***
24455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21313 65162 0 0))
24456 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24458 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24459 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24460 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24461 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24462 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24463 arguments.")
24465 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24467 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24468 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24469 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24470 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24471 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24473 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24474 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24475 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24476 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24477 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24478 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24479 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24480 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24481 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24482 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24483 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24485 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24486 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24487 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24488 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24489 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24490 `default-process-coding-system'.
24492 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24493 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24494 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24495 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24497 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24499 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24501 ;;;***
24503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
24504 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24506 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24507 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24509 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24511 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24512 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24513 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24514 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24516 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24518 ;;;***
24520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24523 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24526 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24528 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24531 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24533 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24536 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24538 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24541 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24543 ;;;***
24545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 53104
24546 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24549 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24550 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24551 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24552 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24553 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24555 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24557 \(fn)" t nil)
24559 ;;;***
24561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 53104
24562 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24565 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24566 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24567 \\{simula-mode-map}
24568 Variables controlling indentation style:
24569 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24570 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24571 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24572 `simula-indent-level'
24573 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24574 `simula-substatement-offset'
24575 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24576 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24577 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24578 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24579 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24580 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24581 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24582 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24583 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24584 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24585 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24586 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24587 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24588 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24589 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24590 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24591 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24592 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24593 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24594 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24595 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24596 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24597 or nil if they should not be changed.
24598 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24599 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24600 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24601 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24603 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24604 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24606 \(fn)" t nil)
24608 ;;;***
24610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21416 3260 930862
24611 ;;;;;; 0))
24612 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24614 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24615 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24617 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24618 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24619 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24620 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24622 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24624 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24626 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24627 Insert SKELETON.
24628 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24629 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24630 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24631 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24632 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24634 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24635 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24637 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24639 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24640 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24642 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24643 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24644 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24645 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24647 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24648 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24649 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24650 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24652 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24653 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24654 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24656 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24657 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24659 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24660 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24662 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24663 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24664 is at bol/eol
24665 _ interesting point, interregion here
24666 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24667 interesting point set by _
24668 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24669 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24670 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24671 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24672 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24673 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24674 nil skipped
24676 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24677 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24679 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24680 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24681 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24682 as the first element when at bol.
24684 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24685 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24686 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24687 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24688 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24689 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24690 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24691 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24693 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24694 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24695 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24696 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24697 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24698 available:
24700 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24701 then: insert previously read string once more
24702 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24703 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24704 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24706 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24707 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24709 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24711 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24712 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24714 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24715 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24716 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24717 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24718 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24719 such as backslash.
24721 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24722 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24723 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24725 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24727 ;;;***
24729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21291 53104
24730 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24731 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24733 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24734 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24735 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24736 buffer names.
24738 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24740 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24741 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24742 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24743 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24744 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24745 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24749 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24750 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24751 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24753 \(fn)" t nil)
24755 ;;;***
24757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24760 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24761 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24762 A list of images is returned.
24764 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24766 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24767 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24768 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24770 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24772 ;;;***
24774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 53104
24775 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24776 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24778 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24781 \(fn)" nil nil)
24783 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24784 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24786 \(fn)" t nil)
24788 ;;;***
24790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24791 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24793 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24794 Play the Snake game.
24795 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24797 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24799 Snake mode keybindings:
24800 \\<snake-mode-map>
24801 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24802 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24803 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24804 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24805 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24806 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24807 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24809 \(fn)" t nil)
24811 ;;;***
24813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 53104
24814 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24815 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24817 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24818 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24819 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24820 Tab indents for C code.
24821 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24822 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24823 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24824 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24825 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24827 \(fn)" t nil)
24829 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24830 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24831 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24832 Tab indents for C code.
24833 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24834 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24835 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24836 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24837 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24839 \(fn)" t nil)
24841 ;;;***
24843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 53104 0
24844 ;;;;;; 0))
24845 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24847 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24848 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24849 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24850 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24851 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24853 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24857 ;;;***
24859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 53104
24860 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24861 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24863 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24864 Play Solitaire.
24866 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24867 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24868 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24869 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24870 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24871 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24872 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24873 check after each move or undo.)
24875 What is Solitaire?
24877 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24878 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24879 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24881 Le Solitaire
24882 ============
24884 o o o
24886 o o o
24888 o o o o o o o
24890 o o o . o o o
24892 o o o o o o o
24894 o o o
24896 o o o
24898 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24899 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24900 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24901 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24903 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24904 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24905 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24906 this: o o .
24908 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24909 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24911 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24913 o o o
24915 . o o
24917 o o . o o o o
24919 o . o o o o o
24921 o o o o o o o
24923 o o o
24925 o o o
24927 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24929 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24931 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24933 ;;;***
24935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
24936 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24937 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24939 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24940 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24942 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24943 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24944 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24945 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24946 contiguous.
24948 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24949 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24950 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24951 the sort order.
24953 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24954 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24956 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24957 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24958 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24959 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24960 is called.
24962 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24963 It should move point to the end of the record.
24965 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24966 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24967 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24968 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24969 starts at the beginning of the record.
24971 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24972 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24973 same as ENDRECFUN.
24975 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24976 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24977 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24978 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24979 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
24980 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
24981 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
24983 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24985 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24986 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24987 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24988 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24989 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24990 the sort order.
24992 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24994 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24995 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24996 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24997 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24998 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24999 the sort order.
25001 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25003 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25004 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25005 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25006 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25007 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25008 the sort order.
25010 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25011 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25013 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25014 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25015 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25016 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25017 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25018 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25019 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25020 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25021 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25023 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25025 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25026 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25027 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25028 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25029 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25030 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25031 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25032 the sort order.
25034 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25036 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25037 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25038 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25039 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25041 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25042 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25044 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25045 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25046 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25047 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25048 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25049 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25050 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25051 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25053 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25055 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25056 the sort order.
25058 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25059 starting with the letter \"f\",
25060 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25062 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25064 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25065 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25066 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25067 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25068 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25069 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25070 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25071 the sort order.
25073 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25074 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25075 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25076 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25077 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25079 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25081 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25082 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25083 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25085 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25087 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25088 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25089 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25090 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25091 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25092 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25093 each repeated line.
25095 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25096 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25097 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25098 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25100 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25101 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25103 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25104 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25106 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25108 ;;;***
25110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25113 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25114 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25115 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25116 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25117 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25118 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25120 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25122 ;;;***
25124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25125 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
25126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25128 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25129 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25131 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25132 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25133 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25135 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25137 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25138 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25139 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25140 server.
25142 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25144 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25145 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25146 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25148 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25150 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25151 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25152 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25153 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25154 Agent is plugged.
25156 \(fn)" t nil)
25158 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25159 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25160 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25161 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25163 \(fn)" t nil)
25165 ;;;***
25167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
25168 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25170 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25172 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25173 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25174 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25175 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25176 supported at a time.
25177 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25178 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25182 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25183 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25184 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25185 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25187 \(fn)" t nil)
25189 ;;;***
25191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25192 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25194 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25195 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25197 \(fn)" t nil)
25199 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25200 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25202 \(fn)" nil nil)
25204 ;;;***
25206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25207 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25208 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25210 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25211 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25213 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25214 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25215 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25216 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25217 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25218 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25219 of the current highlighting list.
25221 For example:
25223 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25224 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25226 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25227 `_t' as data types.
25229 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25231 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25232 Major mode to edit SQL.
25234 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25235 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25236 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25238 \\{sql-mode-map}
25239 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25241 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25242 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25243 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25244 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25245 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25246 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25248 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25249 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25251 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25252 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25253 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25255 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25256 (lambda ()
25257 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25259 \(fn)" t nil)
25261 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25262 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25264 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25265 their settings.
25267 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25268 is specified in the connection settings.
25270 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25272 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25273 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25275 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25276 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25278 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25279 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25280 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25281 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25283 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25285 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25287 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25288 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25290 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25291 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25292 `*SQL*'.
25294 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25295 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25296 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25297 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25299 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25300 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25302 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25303 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25304 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25305 buffer.
25307 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25308 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25309 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25310 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25311 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25312 `default-process-coding-system'.
25314 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25316 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25318 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25319 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25321 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25322 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25323 `*SQL*'.
25325 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25326 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25327 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25328 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25330 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25331 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25333 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25334 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25335 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25336 buffer.
25338 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25339 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25340 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25341 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25342 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25343 `default-process-coding-system'.
25345 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25347 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25349 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25350 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25352 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25353 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25354 `*SQL*'.
25356 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25357 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25359 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25360 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25362 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25363 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25364 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25365 buffer.
25367 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25368 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25369 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25370 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25371 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25372 `default-process-coding-system'.
25374 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25376 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25378 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25379 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25381 SQLite is free software.
25383 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25384 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25385 `*SQL*'.
25387 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25388 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25389 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25390 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25392 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25393 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25395 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25396 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25397 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25398 buffer.
25400 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25401 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25402 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25403 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25404 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25405 `default-process-coding-system'.
25407 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25409 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25411 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25412 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25414 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25416 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25417 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25418 `*SQL*'.
25420 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25421 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25422 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25423 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25425 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25426 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25428 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25429 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25430 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25431 buffer.
25433 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25434 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25435 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25436 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25437 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25438 `default-process-coding-system'.
25440 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25442 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25444 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25445 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25447 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25448 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25449 `*SQL*'.
25451 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25452 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25453 defaults, if set.
25455 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25456 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25458 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25459 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25460 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25461 buffer.
25463 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25464 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25465 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25466 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25467 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25468 `default-process-coding-system'.
25470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25472 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25474 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25475 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25477 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25478 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25479 `*SQL*'.
25481 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25482 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25484 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25485 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25487 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25488 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25489 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25490 buffer.
25492 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25493 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25494 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25495 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25496 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25497 `default-process-coding-system'.
25499 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25501 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25503 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25504 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25506 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25507 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25508 `*SQL*'.
25510 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25511 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25512 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25513 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25515 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25516 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25518 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25519 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25520 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25521 buffer.
25523 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25524 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25525 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25526 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25527 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25528 `default-process-coding-system'.
25530 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25532 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25534 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25535 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25537 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25538 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25539 `*SQL*'.
25541 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25542 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25543 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25544 `sql-postgres-options'.
25546 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25547 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25549 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25550 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25551 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25552 buffer.
25554 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25555 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25556 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25557 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25558 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25559 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25560 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25561 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25563 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25564 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25566 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25568 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25570 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25571 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25573 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25574 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25575 `*SQL*'.
25577 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25578 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25579 defaults, if set.
25581 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25582 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25584 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25585 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25586 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25587 buffer.
25589 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25590 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25591 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25592 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25593 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25594 `default-process-coding-system'.
25596 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25598 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25600 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25601 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25603 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25604 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25605 `*SQL*'.
25607 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25608 automatic login.
25610 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25611 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25613 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25614 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25615 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25616 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25618 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25619 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25620 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25621 buffer.
25623 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25624 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25625 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25626 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25627 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25628 `default-process-coding-system'.
25630 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25632 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25634 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25635 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25637 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25638 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25639 `*SQL*'.
25641 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25642 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25643 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25644 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25645 parameters.
25647 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25648 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25649 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25650 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25651 an empty password.
25653 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25654 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25656 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25657 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25658 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25659 buffer.
25661 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25663 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25665 ;;;***
25667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 53104 0
25668 ;;;;;; 0))
25669 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25670 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25672 ;;;***
25674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25675 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
25676 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25678 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25679 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25681 \(fn)" t nil)
25683 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25685 ;;;***
25687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 53104
25688 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25691 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25692 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25693 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25694 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25695 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25696 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25697 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25698 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25699 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25700 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25701 with any buffer
25702 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25703 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25704 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25705 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25707 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25709 ;;;***
25711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25712 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25714 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25715 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25716 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25717 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25718 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25719 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25721 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25723 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25725 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25726 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25727 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25728 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25729 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25730 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25731 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25733 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25735 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25736 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25737 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25738 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25739 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25740 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25741 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25743 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25745 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25746 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25747 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25749 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25751 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25752 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25753 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25755 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25757 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25758 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25760 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25762 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25763 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25765 \(fn)" t nil)
25767 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25768 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25770 \(fn)" t nil)
25772 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25773 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25774 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25775 by command name.
25776 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25778 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25780 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25781 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25782 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25785 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25787 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25789 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25790 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25791 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25792 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25793 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25795 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25796 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25797 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25798 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25799 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25801 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25802 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25803 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25804 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25806 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25810 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25811 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25812 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25813 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25815 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25817 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25818 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25820 \(fn)" t nil)
25822 ;;;***
25824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25825 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25827 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25828 Studlify-case the region.
25830 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25832 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25833 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25835 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25837 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25838 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25840 \(fn)" t nil)
25842 ;;;***
25844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 53104
25845 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25848 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25849 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25851 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25852 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25854 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25855 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25856 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25857 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25859 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25860 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25861 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25863 Nomenclature Subwords
25864 ===========================================================
25865 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25866 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25867 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25869 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25870 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25871 as words.
25873 \\{subword-mode-map}
25875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25877 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25878 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25879 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25880 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25881 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25882 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25884 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25886 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25887 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25888 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25889 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25890 ARG is omitted or nil.
25892 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25893 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25894 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25898 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25899 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25901 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25902 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25904 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25905 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25906 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25908 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25909 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25910 edit them as words.
25912 \\{superword-mode-map}
25914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25916 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25917 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25918 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25919 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25920 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25921 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25923 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25925 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25926 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25927 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25928 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25929 ARG is omitted or nil.
25931 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25932 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25933 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25937 ;;;***
25939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 53104
25940 ;;;;;; 0 0))
25941 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25943 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25944 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25945 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25946 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25947 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25948 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25949 original message but it does require a few things:
25951 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25953 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25954 reply buffer.
25956 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25957 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25958 original message.
25960 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25962 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25964 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25965 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25966 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25968 \(fn)" nil nil)
25970 ;;;***
25972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
25973 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25975 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25977 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25978 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25979 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25981 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25982 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25984 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25986 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25987 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
25988 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
25989 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25990 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25992 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25993 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25994 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25998 ;;;***
26000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26001 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26003 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26004 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26005 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26006 buffer.
26008 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26009 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26010 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26012 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26014 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26015 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26016 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26017 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26018 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26019 buffer.
26021 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26022 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26023 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26025 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26027 ;;;***
26029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 53104 0
26030 ;;;;;; 0))
26031 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26033 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26034 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26035 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26037 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26039 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26040 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26042 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26044 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26045 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26047 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26049 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26050 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26052 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26054 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26055 Insert an editable text table.
26056 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26057 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26058 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26059 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26060 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26061 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26062 delimiting them.
26064 Examples:
26066 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26068 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26069 location of point.
26073 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26074 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26075 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26076 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26077 first cell.
26079 +-----+-----+-----+
26080 |-!- | | |
26081 +-----+-----+-----+
26083 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26085 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26086 width, which results as
26088 +--------------+-----+-----+
26089 |-!- | | |
26090 +--------------+-----+-----+
26092 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26093 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26095 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26096 | | |-!- |
26097 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26099 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26100 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26101 width information to `table-insert'.
26103 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26105 instead of
26107 Cell width(s): 5
26109 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26110 work all together.
26112 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26113 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26115 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26116 |-!- | | |
26117 | | | |
26118 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26120 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26122 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26123 |-!- | | |
26124 | | | |
26125 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26126 | | | |
26127 | | | |
26128 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26130 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26132 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26133 | | | |
26134 | | | |
26135 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26136 | | | |
26137 | | | |
26138 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26141 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26142 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26143 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26145 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26146 | | | |
26147 | | | |
26148 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26149 | | | |
26150 | | | |
26151 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26152 |-!- | | |
26153 | | | |
26154 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26156 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26157 results.
26159 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26160 | | | |
26161 | | | |
26162 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26163 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26164 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26165 | | |expected results.-!- |
26166 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26167 | | | |
26168 | | | |
26169 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26171 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26173 \\{table-cell-map}
26175 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26177 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26178 Insert N table row(s).
26179 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26180 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26181 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26182 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26184 \(fn N)" t nil)
26186 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26187 Insert N table column(s).
26188 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26189 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26190 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26191 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26193 \(fn N)" t nil)
26195 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26196 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26197 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26199 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26201 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26202 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26203 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26204 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26205 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26206 all the table specific features.
26208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26210 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26213 \(fn)" t nil)
26215 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26216 Recognize all tables within region.
26217 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26218 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26219 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26220 specific features.
26222 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26224 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26227 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26229 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26230 Recognize a table at point.
26231 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26232 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26233 the table specific features.
26235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26237 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26240 \(fn)" t nil)
26242 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26243 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26244 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26245 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26246 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26247 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26248 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26250 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26252 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26255 \(fn)" t nil)
26257 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26258 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26259 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26260 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26261 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26262 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26263 specified.
26265 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26267 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26268 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26269 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26270 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26271 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26272 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26273 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26274 table structure.
26276 \(fn N)" t nil)
26278 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26279 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26280 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26281 table's rectangle structure.
26283 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26285 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26286 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26287 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26288 table's rectangle structure.
26290 \(fn N)" t nil)
26292 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26293 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26294 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26295 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26296 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26298 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26300 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26301 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26302 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26304 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26305 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26306 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26307 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26308 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26309 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26310 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26312 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26313 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26314 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26315 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26316 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26317 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26318 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26320 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26321 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26322 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26323 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26324 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26325 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26326 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26327 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26329 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26331 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26332 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26333 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26334 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26338 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26339 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26340 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26342 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26344 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26345 Split current cell vertically.
26346 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26348 \(fn)" t nil)
26350 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26351 Split current cell horizontally.
26352 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26354 \(fn)" t nil)
26356 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26357 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26358 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26360 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26362 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26363 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26364 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26365 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26367 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26369 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26370 Justify cell contents.
26371 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26372 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26373 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26374 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26376 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26378 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26379 Justify cells of a row.
26380 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26381 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26383 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26385 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26386 Justify cells of a column.
26387 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26388 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26390 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26392 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26393 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26394 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26395 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26396 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26397 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26398 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26399 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26400 run-time.
26402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26404 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26405 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26406 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26407 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26408 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26409 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26410 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26411 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26412 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26413 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26414 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26416 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26418 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26419 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26420 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26421 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26422 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26423 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26424 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26425 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26426 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26427 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26428 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26429 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26430 untouched.
26432 References used for this implementation:
26434 HTML:
26435 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26437 LaTeX:
26438 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26440 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26441 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26442 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26444 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26446 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26447 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26448 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26449 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26450 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26451 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26452 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26453 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26454 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26455 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26456 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26457 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26458 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26459 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26460 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26461 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26462 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26464 Example:
26466 (progn
26467 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26468 (table-forward-cell 15)
26469 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26470 (table-forward-cell 16)
26471 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26472 (table-forward-cell 1)
26473 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26475 (progn
26476 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26477 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26478 (table-forward-cell 1)
26479 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26481 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26483 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26484 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26485 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26486 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26487 consists from cells of same height.
26489 \(fn N)" t nil)
26491 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26492 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26493 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26494 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26495 column must consists from cells of same width.
26497 \(fn N)" t nil)
26499 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26500 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26501 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26502 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26503 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26504 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26505 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26506 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26507 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26508 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26509 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26510 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26511 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26512 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26513 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26516 Example 1:
26518 1, 2, 3, 4
26519 5, 6, 7, 8
26520 , 9, 10
26522 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26523 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26524 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26525 specified as 5.
26527 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26528 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26529 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26530 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26531 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26532 | | 9 | 10 | |
26533 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26535 Note:
26537 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26538 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26539 of each row is optional.
26542 Example 2:
26544 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26545 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26546 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26547 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26548 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26550 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26551 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26553 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26554 expression and raw delimiter regular
26555 expression, it parses the specified text
26556 area and extracts cell items from
26557 non-table text and then forms a table out
26558 of them.
26560 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26561 creates a single cell table. The text in
26562 the specified region is placed in that
26563 cell.-*-
26565 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26566 like this.
26568 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26569 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26570 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26572 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26573 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26574 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26575 | area and extracts cell items from |
26576 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26577 | of them. |
26579 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26580 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26581 | the specified region is placed in that |
26582 | cell. |
26583 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26585 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26586 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26587 independently.
26589 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26590 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26591 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26592 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26593 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26594 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26595 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26596 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26597 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26598 | |of them. |
26599 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26600 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26601 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26602 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26603 | |cell. |
26604 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26606 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26607 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26608 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26610 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26612 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26613 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26614 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26615 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26616 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26618 \(fn)" t nil)
26620 ;;;***
26622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26623 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26625 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26626 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26628 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26630 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26631 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26633 \(fn)" t nil)
26635 ;;;***
26637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26638 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26640 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26641 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26642 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26643 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26644 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26645 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26646 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26648 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26649 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26650 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26651 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26653 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26654 \\{tar-mode-map}
26656 \(fn)" t nil)
26658 ;;;***
26660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26661 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26663 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26664 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26665 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26666 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26667 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26668 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26670 Variables controlling indentation style:
26671 `tcl-indent-level'
26672 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26673 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26674 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26676 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26677 documentation for details):
26678 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26679 Controls action of TAB key.
26680 `tcl-auto-newline'
26681 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26682 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26683 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26684 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26685 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26687 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26688 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26689 already exist.
26691 \(fn)" t nil)
26693 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26694 Run inferior Tcl process.
26695 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26696 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26698 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26700 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26701 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26702 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26704 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26706 ;;;***
26708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26709 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26711 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26712 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26713 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26714 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26716 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26717 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26718 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26719 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26720 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26722 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26724 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26725 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26726 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26727 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26729 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26731 ;;;***
26733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
26734 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26736 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26737 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26738 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26739 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26740 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26741 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26743 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26745 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26746 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26747 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26748 commands to use in that buffer.
26750 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26752 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26754 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26755 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26757 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26759 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26760 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26761 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26762 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26763 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26764 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26765 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26766 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26767 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26768 use in that buffer.
26769 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26771 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26773 ;;;***
26775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26776 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
26777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26779 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26780 Start coverage on function under point.
26782 \(fn)" t nil)
26784 ;;;***
26786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
26787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26788 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26790 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26791 Play the Tetris game.
26792 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26793 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26794 as to form complete rows.
26796 tetris-mode keybindings:
26797 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26798 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26799 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26800 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26801 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26802 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26803 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26804 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26805 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26807 \(fn)" t nil)
26809 ;;;***
26811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21291 53104
26812 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26813 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26815 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26816 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26818 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26820 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26821 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26822 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26823 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26824 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26826 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26828 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26829 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26830 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26831 if it matches the first line of the file,
26832 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26834 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26836 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26837 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26838 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26839 if the variable is non-nil.")
26841 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26843 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26844 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26846 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26848 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26849 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26850 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26851 See the documentation of that variable.")
26853 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26855 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26856 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26857 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26858 See the documentation of that variable.")
26860 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26862 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26863 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26864 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26865 See the documentation of that variable.")
26867 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26869 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26870 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26871 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26872 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26873 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26875 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26877 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26878 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26879 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26880 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26882 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26884 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26885 User defined LaTeX block names.
26886 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26888 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26890 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26891 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26892 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26893 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26895 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26897 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26898 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26899 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26900 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26902 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26904 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26905 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26906 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26907 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26909 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26910 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26911 for example,
26913 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26914 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26916 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26917 use.")
26919 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26921 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26922 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26923 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26924 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26925 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26927 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26929 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26931 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26932 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26933 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26935 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26937 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26938 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26939 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26940 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26941 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26943 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26945 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26946 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26948 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26950 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26951 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26953 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26955 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26956 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26957 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26958 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26959 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26960 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26961 says which mode to use.
26963 \(fn)" t nil)
26965 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26967 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26969 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26971 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26972 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26973 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26974 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26975 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26977 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26978 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26979 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26980 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26981 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26982 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26983 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26985 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26986 mismatched $'s or braces.
26988 Special commands:
26989 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26991 Mode variables:
26992 tex-run-command
26993 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26994 tex-directory
26995 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26996 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26997 tex-dvi-print-command
26998 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26999 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27000 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27001 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27002 tex-dvi-view-command
27003 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27004 tex-show-queue-command
27005 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27006 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27008 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27009 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27010 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27012 \(fn)" t nil)
27014 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27015 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27016 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27017 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27018 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27020 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27021 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27022 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27023 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27024 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27025 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27026 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27028 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27029 mismatched $'s or braces.
27031 Special commands:
27032 \\{latex-mode-map}
27034 Mode variables:
27035 latex-run-command
27036 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27037 tex-directory
27038 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27039 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27040 tex-dvi-print-command
27041 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27042 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27043 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27044 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27045 tex-dvi-view-command
27046 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27047 tex-show-queue-command
27048 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27049 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27051 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27052 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27053 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27055 \(fn)" t nil)
27057 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27058 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27059 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27060 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27061 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27063 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27064 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27065 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27066 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27067 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27068 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27069 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27071 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27072 mismatched $'s or braces.
27074 Special commands:
27075 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27077 Mode variables:
27078 slitex-run-command
27079 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27080 tex-directory
27081 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27082 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27083 tex-dvi-print-command
27084 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27085 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27086 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27087 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27088 tex-dvi-view-command
27089 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27090 tex-show-queue-command
27091 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27092 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27094 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27095 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27096 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27097 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27099 \(fn)" t nil)
27101 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27104 \(fn)" nil nil)
27106 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27107 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27109 \(fn)" t nil)
27111 ;;;***
27113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 53104
27114 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27115 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27117 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27118 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27119 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27120 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27122 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27123 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27124 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27126 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27128 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27129 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27130 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27131 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27132 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27134 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27136 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27137 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27138 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27139 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27141 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27142 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27143 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27144 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27146 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27147 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27149 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27151 ;;;***
27153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21412 6211
27154 ;;;;;; 413773 0))
27155 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27157 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27158 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27160 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27162 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27163 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27165 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27167 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27168 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27170 It has these extra commands:
27171 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27173 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27174 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27175 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27176 modified version of TeX input format.
27178 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27179 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27180 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27181 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27183 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27184 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27185 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27186 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27187 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27188 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27189 in the Texinfo file.
27191 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27192 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27193 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27194 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27195 move forward past the closing brace.
27197 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27198 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27200 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27201 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27202 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27204 Here are the functions:
27206 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27207 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27208 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27210 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27211 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27212 texinfo-master-menu
27214 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27216 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27217 which menu descriptions are indented.
27219 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27220 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27221 in the region.
27223 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27224 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27225 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27226 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27228 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27229 be the first node in the file.
27231 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27232 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27234 \(fn)" t nil)
27236 ;;;***
27238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27239 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27240 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27242 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27243 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27244 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27245 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27247 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27249 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27250 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27252 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27254 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27255 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27257 \(fn)" t nil)
27259 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27262 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27264 ;;;***
27266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27267 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27269 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27270 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27271 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27272 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27273 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27274 `line', and `page'.
27276 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27278 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27279 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27280 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27281 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27282 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27283 `line', and `page'.
27285 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27286 valid THING.
27288 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27289 positions of the thing found.
27291 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27293 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27294 Return the THING at point.
27295 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27296 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27297 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27298 `line', `number', and `page'.
27300 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27301 strip text properties from the return value.
27303 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27304 a symbol as a valid THING.
27306 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27308 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27309 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27311 \(fn)" nil nil)
27313 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27314 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27316 \(fn)" nil nil)
27318 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27319 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27321 \(fn)" nil nil)
27323 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27324 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27326 \(fn)" nil nil)
27328 ;;;***
27330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27331 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27333 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27334 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27336 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27338 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27339 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27340 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27341 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27343 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27345 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27346 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27348 \(fn)" t nil)
27350 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27351 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27353 \(fn)" t nil)
27355 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27357 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27358 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27360 \(fn)" t nil)
27362 ;;;***
27364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27365 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27366 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27368 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27369 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27370 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27372 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27374 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27375 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27377 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27379 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27380 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27381 The returned string has no composition information.
27383 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27385 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27386 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27388 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27390 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27391 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27393 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27395 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27396 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27397 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27398 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27400 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27402 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27403 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27404 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27405 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27407 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27409 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27410 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27411 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27413 \(fn)" t nil)
27415 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27416 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27417 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27419 \(fn)" t nil)
27421 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27424 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27426 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27429 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27431 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27434 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27436 ;;;***
27438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 53104
27439 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27440 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27441 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27443 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27444 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27445 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27446 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27447 parameters.
27448 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27450 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27452 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27453 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27454 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27455 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27456 parameters.
27457 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27459 \(fn)" t nil)
27461 ;;;***
27463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27464 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27466 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27467 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27469 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27470 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27472 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27473 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27474 This display updates automatically every minute.
27475 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27476 are displayed as well.
27477 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27479 \(fn)" t nil)
27481 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27482 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27483 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27486 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27488 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27490 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27491 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27492 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27493 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27494 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27496 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27497 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27498 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27499 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27500 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27504 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27505 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27506 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27507 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27509 \(fn)" t nil)
27511 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27512 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27513 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27514 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27516 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27518 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27519 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27521 \(fn)" t nil)
27523 ;;;***
27525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27526 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27529 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27530 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27531 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27533 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27534 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27535 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27536 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27537 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27538 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27540 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27541 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27543 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27545 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27546 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27548 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27550 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27551 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27553 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27555 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27556 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27557 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27559 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27561 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27563 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27564 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27565 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27567 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27569 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27570 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27572 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27574 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27575 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27576 DATE should be a date-time string.
27578 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27580 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27581 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27582 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27584 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27586 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27587 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27589 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27591 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27592 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27594 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27596 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27597 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27598 TIME should be a time value.
27599 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27601 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27603 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27604 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27605 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27607 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27609 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27610 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27611 The valid format specifiers are:
27612 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27613 %d is the number of days.
27614 %h is the number of hours.
27615 %m is the number of minutes.
27616 %s is the number of seconds.
27617 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27618 %% is a literal \"%\".
27620 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27621 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27623 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27624 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27625 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27627 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27628 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27629 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27631 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27633 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27635 ;;;***
27637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 53104 0
27638 ;;;;;; 0))
27639 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27640 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27641 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27642 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27643 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27644 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27645 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27646 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27647 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27649 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27650 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27651 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27652 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27653 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27654 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27655 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27656 look like one of the following:
27657 Time-stamp: <>
27658 Time-stamp: \" \"
27659 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27660 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27661 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27662 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27663 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27664 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27665 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27666 the template.
27668 \(fn)" t nil)
27670 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27671 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27672 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27676 ;;;***
27678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27679 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
27680 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27681 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27683 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27684 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27685 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27687 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27688 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27690 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27692 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27693 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27694 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27695 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27696 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27697 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27698 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27699 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27700 display (non-nil means on).
27702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27704 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27705 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27706 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27707 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27708 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27709 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27710 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27711 this function is called within a day.
27713 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27714 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27715 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27716 discover the name of the project.
27718 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27720 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27721 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27722 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27723 begun during the last time segment.
27725 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27726 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27727 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27728 discover the reason.
27730 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27732 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27733 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27734 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27735 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27736 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27738 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27740 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27741 Change to working on a different project.
27742 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27743 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27744 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27745 working on.
27747 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27749 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27750 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27751 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27753 \(fn)" nil nil)
27755 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27756 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27757 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27759 \(fn)" t nil)
27761 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27762 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27763 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27764 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27765 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27766 \"relative to today\".
27768 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27770 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27771 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27772 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27773 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27775 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27777 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27778 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27779 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27780 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27781 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27782 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27784 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27786 ;;;***
27788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27789 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
27790 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27792 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27793 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27794 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27795 the generated Quail package is saved.
27797 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27799 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27800 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27801 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27802 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27803 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27804 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27805 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27807 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27809 ;;;***
27811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27812 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27813 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27814 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27816 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27817 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27818 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27819 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27820 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27822 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27823 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27824 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27826 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27828 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27829 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27830 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27831 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27832 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27834 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27836 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27837 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27838 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27839 in the menu in two ways:
27840 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27841 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27842 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27844 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27845 keymap or an alist of alists.
27846 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27847 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27849 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27851 ;;;***
27853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21422
27854 ;;;;;; 42044 967072 0))
27855 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27857 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27858 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27860 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27861 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27862 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27863 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27864 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27865 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27866 file was last visited.
27868 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27869 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27870 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27871 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27872 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27873 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27874 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27875 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27876 for the first item.
27878 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27879 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27880 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27881 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27882 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27883 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27884 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27885 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27887 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27888 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27889 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27890 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27891 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27893 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27894 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27896 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27898 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27899 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27901 \\{todo-mode-map}
27903 \(fn)" t nil)
27905 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27906 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27908 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27910 \(fn)" t nil)
27912 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27913 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27915 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27917 \(fn)" t nil)
27919 ;;;***
27921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
27922 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27924 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27925 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27926 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27930 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27931 Add an item to the tool bar.
27932 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27933 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27934 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27935 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27937 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27938 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27939 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27940 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27942 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27943 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27945 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27947 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27948 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27949 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27950 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27951 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27952 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27954 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27955 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27956 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27957 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27959 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27961 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27962 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27963 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27964 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27965 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27966 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27967 properties to add to the binding.
27969 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27971 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27972 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27974 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27976 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27977 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27978 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27979 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27980 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27981 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27982 properties to add to the binding.
27984 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27985 holds a keymap.
27987 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27989 ;;;***
27991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21291 53104
27992 ;;;;;; 0 0))
27993 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27994 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27996 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27997 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27998 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28000 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28001 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28003 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28005 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28006 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28007 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28008 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28009 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28013 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28015 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28016 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28018 \(fn)" t nil)
28020 ;;;***
28022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21291
28023 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
28024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28026 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28027 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28029 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28030 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28031 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28032 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28033 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28035 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28036 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28037 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28038 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28039 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28041 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28042 (tpu-edt)
28044 Known Problems:
28046 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28047 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28048 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28049 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28050 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28051 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28053 \(fn)" t nil)
28055 ;;;***
28057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28060 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28061 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28062 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28063 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28064 to a tcp server on another machine.
28066 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28068 ;;;***
28070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 53104
28071 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28074 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28075 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28077 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28079 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28080 Helper function to get internal values.
28081 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28083 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28085 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28086 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28087 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28088 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28090 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28091 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28092 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28093 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28094 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28096 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28097 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28098 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28099 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28101 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28103 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28105 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28106 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28107 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28108 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28110 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28112 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28114 ;;;***
28116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21389 44725 461529
28117 ;;;;;; 0))
28118 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28120 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28121 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28122 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28124 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28126 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28127 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28129 It can have the following values:
28131 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28132 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28134 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28136 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28137 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28138 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28139 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28141 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28143 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28144 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28145 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28146 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28148 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28149 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28150 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28151 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28152 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28153 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28154 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28155 files which are not really Tramp files.
28157 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28158 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28159 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28160 updated after changing this variable.
28162 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28164 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28165 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28166 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28167 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28169 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28171 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28172 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28173 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28174 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28176 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28177 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28178 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28180 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28181 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28182 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28183 updated after changing this variable.
28185 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28187 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28188 Alist of completion handler functions.
28189 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28190 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28191 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28193 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28194 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28195 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28196 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28198 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28199 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28200 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28202 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28203 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28205 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28206 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28208 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28210 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28213 \(fn)" nil nil)
28215 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28216 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28218 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28220 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28221 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28223 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28225 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28226 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28228 \(fn)" t nil)
28230 ;;;***
28232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 53104
28233 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28236 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28239 \(fn)" nil nil)
28241 ;;;***
28243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28246 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28247 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28248 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28249 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28250 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28251 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28252 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28253 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28255 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28256 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28257 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28259 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28260 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28261 resumed later.
28263 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28265 ;;;***
28267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20352 35897
28268 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28269 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28271 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28274 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28276 ;;;***
28278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28279 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
28280 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28281 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28282 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28283 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28285 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28286 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28287 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28288 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28289 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28290 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28291 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28293 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28295 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28296 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28297 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28298 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28300 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28302 \(fn)" t nil)
28304 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28305 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28306 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28307 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28308 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28309 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28310 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28312 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28313 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28315 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28316 \\___/\\
28317 / \\
28318 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28320 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28322 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28324 ;;;***
28326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 53104 0
28327 ;;;;;; 0))
28328 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28330 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28331 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28332 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28334 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28335 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28337 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28339 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28340 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28341 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28343 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28344 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28345 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28346 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28347 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28348 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28349 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28351 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28352 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28354 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28355 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28356 reset the keystroke counter.
28358 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28359 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28360 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28361 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28363 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28364 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28365 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28366 `type-break-schedule' command.
28368 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28369 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28370 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28371 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28372 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28373 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28374 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28375 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28376 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28378 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28379 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28380 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28381 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28382 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28384 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28385 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28386 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28387 approximate good values for this.
28389 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28390 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28392 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28393 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28394 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28395 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28396 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28397 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28399 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28400 a typing break occur. They include:
28402 `type-break-query-mode'
28403 `type-break-query-function'
28404 `type-break-query-interval'
28406 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28408 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28409 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28410 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28411 problems.
28413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28415 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28416 Take a typing break.
28418 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28419 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28421 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28422 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28424 \(fn)" t nil)
28426 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28427 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28428 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28429 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28431 \(fn)" t nil)
28433 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28434 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28436 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28437 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28438 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28439 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28440 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28441 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28442 average typing speed.)
28444 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28445 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28446 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28447 the computed maximum threshold.
28449 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28450 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28451 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28452 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28453 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28455 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28457 ;;;***
28459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28460 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28462 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28463 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28464 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28465 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28466 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28468 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28470 ;;;***
28472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28473 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 0 0))
28474 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28476 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28477 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28479 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28481 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28482 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28484 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28486 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28487 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28489 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28491 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28492 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28494 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28496 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28497 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28499 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28501 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28502 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28504 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28506 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28507 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28509 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28511 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28512 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28514 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28516 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28517 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28519 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28521 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28522 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28524 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28526 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28527 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28529 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28531 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28532 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28534 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28536 ;;;***
28538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28539 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
28540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28542 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28543 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28544 Works by overstriking underscores.
28545 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28546 which specify the range to operate on.
28548 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28550 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28551 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28552 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28553 which specify the range to operate on.
28555 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28557 ;;;***
28559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 53104 0
28560 ;;;;;; 0))
28561 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28563 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28564 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28565 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28566 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28567 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28568 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28570 \(fn)" nil nil)
28572 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28573 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28574 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28576 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28578 ;;;***
28580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 53104
28581 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28584 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28585 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28586 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28587 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28589 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28591 ;;;***
28593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28594 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28596 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28597 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28598 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28599 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28600 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28602 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28603 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28604 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28605 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28606 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28607 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28609 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28610 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28611 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28613 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28614 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28615 the callback is not called).
28617 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28618 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28619 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28620 take effect.
28622 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28623 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28624 the server.
28625 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28626 URL-encoded before it's used.
28628 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28630 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28631 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28632 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28633 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28634 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28636 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28638 ;;;***
28640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 53104 0
28641 ;;;;;; 0))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28644 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28645 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28646 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28648 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28649 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28650 `url-generic-parse-url'
28651 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28652 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28653 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28654 realm
28655 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28656 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28657 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28658 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28659 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28660 what type of auth to use
28661 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28662 if one cannot be found in the cache
28664 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28666 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28667 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28669 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28670 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28671 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28672 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28673 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28674 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28675 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28676 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28678 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28680 ;;;***
28682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 53104
28683 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28684 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28686 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28687 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28689 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28691 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28692 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28693 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28695 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28697 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28698 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28700 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28702 ;;;***
28704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28705 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28707 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28710 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28712 ;;;***
28714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28715 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28717 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28718 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28719 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28721 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28723 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28724 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28725 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28726 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28728 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28729 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28730 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28731 though.
28733 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28735 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28736 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28737 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28739 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28741 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28744 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28746 ;;;***
28748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 53104 0
28749 ;;;;;; 0))
28750 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28752 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28753 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28755 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28757 ;;;***
28759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28760 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28762 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28763 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28765 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28767 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28768 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28769 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28770 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28771 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28773 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28775 ;;;***
28777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21420
28778 ;;;;;; 315 511456 0))
28779 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28781 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28782 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28783 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28785 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28786 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28788 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28790 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28791 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28792 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28793 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28794 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28798 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28799 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28800 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28801 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28803 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28805 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28806 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28807 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28808 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28809 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28810 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28811 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28812 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28813 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28814 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28816 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28818 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28819 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28820 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28821 accessible.
28823 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28825 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28828 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28830 ;;;***
28832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21420 315 511456
28833 ;;;;;; 0))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28835 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28837 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28838 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28839 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28840 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28841 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28843 ;;;***
28845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28846 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28848 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28851 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28853 ;;;***
28855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 53104 0
28856 ;;;;;; 0))
28857 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28859 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28860 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28861 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28862 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28863 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28865 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28867 ;;;***
28869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 53104
28870 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28871 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28873 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28876 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28878 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28879 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28881 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28883 ;;;***
28885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 53104 0
28886 ;;;;;; 0))
28887 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28889 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28890 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28892 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28894 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28895 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28897 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28899 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28902 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28904 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28906 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28908 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28910 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28911 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28913 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28915 ;;;***
28917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21291 53104 0
28918 ;;;;;; 0))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28921 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28924 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28926 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28929 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28931 ;;;***
28933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
28934 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28936 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28939 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28941 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28944 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28946 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28949 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28951 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28954 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28956 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28959 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28961 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28964 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28966 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28969 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28971 ;;;***
28973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21346 62196
28974 ;;;;;; 0 0))
28975 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28977 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28978 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28980 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28982 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28983 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28984 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28986 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28987 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28988 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28989 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28990 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28991 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28992 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28993 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28994 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28995 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28996 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28997 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28998 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28999 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29001 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29002 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29003 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29005 Here is an example. The URL
29007 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29009 parses to
29011 TYPE = \"foo\"
29012 USER = \"bob\"
29013 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29014 HOST = \"example.com\"
29015 PORTSPEC = 42
29016 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29017 TARGET = \"nose\"
29018 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29019 FULLNESS = t
29021 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29023 ;;;***
29025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 53104
29026 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29027 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29029 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29030 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29032 \(fn)" t nil)
29034 ;;;***
29036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 53104
29037 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29038 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29040 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29041 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29042 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29043 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29044 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29045 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29047 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29049 ;;;***
29051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 53104 0
29052 ;;;;;; 0))
29053 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29055 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29056 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29057 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29059 If t, all messages will be logged.
29060 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29061 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29063 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29065 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29068 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29070 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29073 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29075 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29076 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29077 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29078 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29079 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29080 & ==> &amp;
29081 < ==> &lt;
29082 > ==> &gt;
29083 \" ==> &quot;
29085 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29087 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29088 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29089 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29091 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29093 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29094 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29095 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29097 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29100 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29102 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29104 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29105 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29107 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29109 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29110 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29112 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29114 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29117 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29119 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29122 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29124 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29126 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29127 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29129 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29131 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29132 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29134 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29136 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29139 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29141 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29142 Build a query-string.
29144 Given a QUERY in the form:
29145 '((key1 val1)
29146 (key2 val2)
29147 (key3 val1 val2)
29148 (key4)
29149 (key5 \"\"))
29151 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29153 This will return a string
29154 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29155 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29156 be used.
29158 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29160 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29161 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29163 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29165 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29166 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29167 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29168 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29169 forbidden in URL encoding.
29171 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29173 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29174 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29175 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29176 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29177 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29178 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29180 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29181 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29182 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29183 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29185 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29187 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29188 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29189 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29190 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29191 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29192 should return it unchanged.
29194 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29196 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29197 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29198 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29199 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29201 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29203 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29204 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29205 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29207 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29209 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29210 View the current document's URL.
29211 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29212 the minibuffer.
29214 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29216 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29218 ;;;***
29220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29221 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29223 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29224 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29225 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29226 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29227 to refrain from editing the file
29228 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29229 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29230 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29231 in any way you like.
29233 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29235 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29236 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29237 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29238 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29239 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29241 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29242 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29244 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29246 ;;;***
29248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 53104
29249 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29250 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29252 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29255 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29257 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29260 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29262 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29265 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29267 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29270 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29272 ;;;***
29274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29277 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29278 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29280 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29282 ;;;***
29284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 53104
29285 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29288 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29289 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29290 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29291 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29293 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29295 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29296 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29297 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29299 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29301 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29302 Uudecode region between START and END.
29303 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29305 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29307 ;;;***
29309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29312 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29313 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29314 See `run-hooks'.")
29316 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29318 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29319 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29320 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29322 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29324 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29325 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29326 See `run-hooks'.")
29328 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29330 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29331 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29332 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29333 same state. If not, signal an error.
29335 For merging-based version control systems:
29336 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29337 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29338 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29339 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29340 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29341 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29343 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29344 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29345 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29346 the file(s) for editing.
29347 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29348 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29349 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29350 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29351 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29352 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29354 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29356 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29357 Register into a version control system.
29358 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29359 Otherwise register the current file.
29360 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29361 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29363 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29364 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29365 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29366 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29367 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29368 first backend that could register the file is used.
29370 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29372 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29373 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29375 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29377 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29378 Display diffs between file revisions.
29379 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29380 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29381 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29383 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29384 saving the buffer.
29386 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29388 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29389 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29390 repository history using ediff.
29392 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29394 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29395 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29396 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29397 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29398 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29400 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29401 saving the buffer.
29403 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29405 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29406 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29407 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29408 fileset with the working revision.
29409 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29410 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29412 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29413 saving the buffer.
29415 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29417 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29418 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29419 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29420 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29422 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29424 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29425 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29426 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29427 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29429 \(fn)" t nil)
29431 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29432 Perform a version control merge operation.
29433 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29434 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29435 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29436 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29438 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29439 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29440 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29441 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29442 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29443 changes from the current branch.
29445 \(fn)" t nil)
29447 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29449 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29450 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29451 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29452 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29453 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29454 checked out in that new branch.
29456 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29458 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29459 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29460 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29461 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29462 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29463 allowed and simply skipped).
29465 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29467 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29468 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29469 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29470 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29471 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29473 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29474 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29476 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29478 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29479 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29480 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29481 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29482 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29484 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29486 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29487 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29488 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29490 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29492 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29493 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29494 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29496 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29498 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29499 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29500 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29501 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29503 \(fn)" t nil)
29505 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29506 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29507 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29508 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29510 \(fn)" t nil)
29512 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29514 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29515 Update the current fileset or branch.
29516 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29517 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29518 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29519 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29521 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29522 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29523 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29524 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29525 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29529 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29531 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29532 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29533 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29534 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29535 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29536 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29537 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29539 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29541 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29542 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29543 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29544 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29545 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29546 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29547 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29548 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29549 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29551 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29553 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29554 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29555 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29556 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29558 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29560 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29561 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29562 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29563 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29565 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29567 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29568 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29569 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29570 directory.
29572 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29574 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29575 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29576 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29578 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29579 log entries should be gathered.
29581 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29583 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29584 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29586 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29588 ;;;***
29590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 53104
29591 ;;;;;; 0 0))
29592 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29594 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29595 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29597 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29598 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29599 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29600 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29601 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29602 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29604 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29605 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29606 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29607 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29608 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29609 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29610 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29611 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29613 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29615 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29617 Customization variables:
29619 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29620 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29621 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29622 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29624 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29626 ;;;***
29628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29629 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29630 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29631 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29632 (progn
29633 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29634 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29636 ;;;***
29638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29639 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29641 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29642 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29644 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29645 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29646 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29647 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29648 (progn
29649 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29650 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29652 ;;;***
29654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29655 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29656 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29657 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29658 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29659 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29660 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29661 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29663 ;;;***
29665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29666 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29668 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29669 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29670 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29671 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29672 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29674 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29675 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29676 The file lines appear later.
29678 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29679 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29681 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29683 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29685 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29687 ;;;***
29689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21291
29690 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
29691 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29693 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29694 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29695 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29696 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29697 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29698 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29699 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29700 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29701 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29702 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29703 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29704 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29705 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29706 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29707 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29709 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29711 ;;;***
29713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21425 18234 73199
29714 ;;;;;; 0))
29715 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29716 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29717 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29718 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29719 (progn
29720 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29721 (vc-git-registered file))))
29723 ;;;***
29725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21394 62654 575695 0))
29726 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29727 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29728 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29729 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29730 (progn
29731 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29732 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29734 ;;;***
29736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29737 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29739 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29740 Name of the monotone directory.")
29742 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29743 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29744 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29745 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29746 (progn
29747 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29748 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29750 ;;;***
29752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21372 35662 356409
29753 ;;;;;; 0))
29754 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29756 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29757 Where to look for RCS master files.
29758 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29760 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29762 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29764 ;;;***
29766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29767 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29769 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29770 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29771 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29773 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29775 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29777 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29778 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29779 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29780 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29782 ;;;***
29784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
29785 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29786 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29787 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29788 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29789 "_svn")
29790 (t ".svn"))))
29791 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29792 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29793 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29795 ;;;***
29797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29798 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
29799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29800 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29801 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29803 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29804 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29806 Usage:
29807 ------
29809 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29810 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29811 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29812 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29814 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29815 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29816 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29817 completions.
29819 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29820 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29822 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29823 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29825 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29826 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29827 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29829 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29832 Maintenance:
29833 ------------
29835 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29836 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29838 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29840 Official distribution is at
29841 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29844 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29845 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29847 Key bindings:
29848 -------------
29850 \\{vera-mode-map}
29852 \(fn)" t nil)
29854 ;;;***
29856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29857 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 0 0))
29858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29860 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29861 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29862 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29863 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29864 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29866 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29868 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29869 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29871 Supports highlighting.
29873 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29874 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29876 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29878 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29879 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29880 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29881 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29882 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29883 on the left side of your screen.
29884 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29885 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29886 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29887 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29888 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29889 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29890 function keyword.
29891 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29892 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29893 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29894 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29895 if (a)
29896 begin
29897 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29898 Indentation for case statements.
29899 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29900 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29901 mark after an end.
29902 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29903 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29904 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29905 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29906 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29907 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29908 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29909 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29910 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29911 if (a)
29912 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29913 otherwise you get:
29914 if (a)
29915 begin
29916 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29917 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29918 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29919 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29920 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29921 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29922 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29923 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29924 comments in tight quarters.
29925 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29926 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29928 Variables controlling other actions:
29930 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29931 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29932 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29934 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29936 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29938 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29939 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29940 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29942 Some other functions are:
29944 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29945 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29946 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29947 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29948 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29950 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29951 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29952 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29953 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29955 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29956 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29957 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29958 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29959 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29960 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29961 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29962 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29963 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29964 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29965 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29966 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29967 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29968 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29969 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29970 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29971 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29972 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29973 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29974 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29975 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29976 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29987 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29988 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29990 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29992 \(fn)" t nil)
29994 ;;;***
29996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21291
29997 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
29998 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30000 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30001 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30003 Usage:
30004 ------
30006 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30007 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30008 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30009 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30010 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30011 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30012 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30013 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30014 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30016 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30017 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30018 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30019 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30021 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30022 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30023 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30024 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30025 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30027 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30028 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30031 HEADER INSERTION:
30032 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30033 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30034 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30037 STUTTERING:
30038 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30039 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30040 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30041 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30043 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30044 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30045 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30046 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30047 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30050 WORD COMPLETION:
30051 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30052 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30053 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30054 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30056 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30057 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30058 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30059 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30060 beginning with \"std\").
30062 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30063 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30064 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30065 stop.
30068 COMMENTS:
30069 `--' puts a single comment.
30070 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30071 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30072 with a comment in between.
30073 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30074 out following lines.
30075 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30076 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30077 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30078 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30080 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30081 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30082 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30083 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30084 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30085 non-nil.
30087 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30088 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30089 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30090 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30091 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30092 multi-line comments.
30095 INDENTATION:
30096 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30097 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30098 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30099 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30100 the entire region.
30102 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30103 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30104 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30105 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30107 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30108 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30109 and vice versa.
30111 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30112 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30114 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30115 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30116 line.
30119 ALIGNMENT:
30120 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30121 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30122 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30123 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30124 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30125 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30126 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30127 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30129 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30130 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30131 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30132 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30133 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30134 is non-nil.
30136 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30137 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30138 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30140 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30141 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30144 CODE FILLING:
30145 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30146 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30147 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30148 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30149 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30150 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30153 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30154 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30155 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30156 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30157 command:
30159 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30162 PORT TRANSLATION:
30163 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30164 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30165 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30166 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30167 internal signal initializations (menu).
30169 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30170 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30171 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30173 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30174 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30175 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30176 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30177 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30178 in subsequent paste operations.)
30180 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30181 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30182 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30185 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30186 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30187 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30188 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30189 association list with formals).
30192 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30193 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30194 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30195 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30196 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30197 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30198 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30199 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30200 `vhdl-testbench'.
30203 KEY BINDINGS:
30204 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30207 VHDL MENU:
30208 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30211 FILE BROWSER:
30212 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30213 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30214 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30216 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30217 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30220 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30221 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30222 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30223 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30225 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30226 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30227 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30229 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30230 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30231 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30232 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30234 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30235 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30236 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30237 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30238 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30240 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30241 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30242 required by secondary units.
30245 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30246 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30247 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30248 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30249 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30250 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30251 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30252 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30253 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30254 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30255 inputs to this component -> input port created
30256 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30257 outputs from this component -> output port created
30258 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30259 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30261 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30262 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30263 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30264 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30265 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30267 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30268 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30270 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30271 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30272 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30273 component instantiation is also supported (option
30274 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30276 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30277 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30278 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30279 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30280 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30281 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30282 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30283 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30284 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30285 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30286 generating the configuration.
30288 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30289 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30290 configurations in speedbar.
30292 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30295 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30296 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30297 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30298 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30299 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30300 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30301 information. New compilers can be added.
30303 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30304 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30307 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30308 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30309 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30310 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30311 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30313 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30314 command:
30316 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30317 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30318 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30320 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30321 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30322 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30323 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30324 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30325 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30326 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30327 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30328 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30330 Limitations:
30331 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30332 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30333 not (yet) supported.
30334 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30335 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30336 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30339 PROJECTS:
30340 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30341 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30342 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30343 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30344 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30345 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30346 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30347 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30349 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30350 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30351 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30352 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30353 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30354 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30355 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30356 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30357 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30358 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30359 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30362 SPECIAL MENUES:
30363 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30364 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30365 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30366 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30367 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30368 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30369 current directory for VHDL source files.
30372 VHDL STANDARDS:
30373 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30374 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30377 KEYWORD CASE:
30378 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30379 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30380 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30381 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30382 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30383 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30384 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30385 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30388 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30389 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30390 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30391 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30392 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30393 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30394 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30396 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30397 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30398 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30399 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30400 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30401 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30403 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30404 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30405 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30406 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30407 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30408 visually.
30410 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30411 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30412 highlighted if written in lower case.
30414 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30415 highlighted using a different background color if option
30416 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30418 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30419 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30420 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30421 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30422 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30425 USER MODELS:
30426 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30427 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30428 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30431 HIDE/SHOW:
30432 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30433 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30434 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30435 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30436 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30439 CODE UPDATING:
30440 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30441 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30442 Limitations:
30443 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30444 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30445 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30446 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30447 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30448 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30449 (used to obtain the port names).
30450 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30451 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30452 sensitivity lists.
30455 CODE FIXING:
30456 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30457 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30460 PRINTING:
30461 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30462 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30463 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30464 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30465 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30466 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30467 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30468 printers.
30471 OPTIONS:
30472 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30473 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30474 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30475 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30476 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30478 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30479 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30480 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30481 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30482 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30483 INSTALL file).
30485 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30486 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30489 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30490 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30491 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30492 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30494 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30497 HINTS:
30498 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30499 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30501 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30503 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30505 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30508 RELEASE NOTES:
30509 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30512 Maintenance:
30513 ------------
30515 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30516 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30518 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30520 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30521 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30522 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30523 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30525 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30526 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30527 where the latest version can be found.
30530 Known problems:
30531 ---------------
30533 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30534 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30535 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30536 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30539 The VHDL Mode Authors
30540 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30542 Key bindings:
30543 -------------
30545 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30547 \(fn)" t nil)
30549 ;;;***
30551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30552 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30554 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30555 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30556 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30557 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30559 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30560 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30561 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30562 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30563 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30565 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30566 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30568 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30570 * Limitations and unsupported features
30571 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30572 not supported.
30573 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30574 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30576 * Modifications
30577 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30578 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30579 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30580 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30581 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30582 for undoing a repeated change command.
30583 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30584 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30585 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30587 * Extensions
30588 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30589 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30590 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30591 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30592 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30593 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30594 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30595 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30597 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30599 \(fn)" t nil)
30601 ;;;***
30603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30604 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
30605 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30607 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30608 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30610 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30612 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30613 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30614 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30615 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30617 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30619 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30620 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30622 \(fn)" t nil)
30624 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30625 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30626 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30627 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30629 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30631 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30632 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30634 \(fn)" t nil)
30636 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30639 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30641 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30644 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30646 ;;;***
30648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30649 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30651 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30652 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30653 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30655 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30657 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30658 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30659 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30660 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30662 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30664 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30665 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30667 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30669 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30670 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30671 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30672 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30673 moving around in the buffer.
30674 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30675 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30677 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30679 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30681 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30682 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30683 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30684 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30686 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30687 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30688 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30689 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30690 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30692 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30694 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30696 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30697 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30698 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30699 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30700 buffer.
30702 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30703 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30704 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30705 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30706 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30708 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30710 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30712 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30713 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30714 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30715 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30716 moving around in the buffer.
30717 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30718 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30720 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30722 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30723 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30724 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30726 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30727 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30728 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30729 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30731 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30732 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30733 own View-like bindings.
30735 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30737 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30738 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30739 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30740 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30741 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30742 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30743 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30745 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30747 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30749 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30750 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30751 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30753 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30754 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30755 own View-like bindings.
30757 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30759 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30760 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30761 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30762 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30763 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30764 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30765 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30767 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30769 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30771 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30772 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30773 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30775 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30776 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30777 own View-like bindings.
30779 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30781 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30782 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30783 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30784 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30785 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30787 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30788 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30789 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30790 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30792 \\<view-mode-map>
30794 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30795 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30796 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30797 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30798 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30799 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30800 to a repeat count of one.
30802 H, h, ? This message.
30803 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30804 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30805 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30806 > move to the end of buffer.
30807 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30808 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30809 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30810 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30811 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30812 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30813 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30814 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30815 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30816 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30817 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30818 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30819 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30820 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30821 Use this to view a changing file.
30822 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30823 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30824 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30825 . set the mark.
30826 x exchanges point and mark.
30827 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30828 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30829 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30830 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30831 ' go to position saved in character register.
30832 s do forward incremental search.
30833 r do reverse incremental search.
30834 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30835 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30836 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30837 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30838 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30839 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30840 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30841 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30842 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30843 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30844 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30845 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30846 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30847 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30848 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30849 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30850 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30852 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30853 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30854 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30855 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30856 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30857 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30858 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30859 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30860 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30862 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30866 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30867 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30868 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30869 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30870 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30871 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30872 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30873 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30874 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30876 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30878 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30880 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30881 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30882 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30883 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30884 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30885 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30887 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30888 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30889 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30891 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30893 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30895 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30897 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30898 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30900 \(fn)" t nil)
30902 ;;;***
30904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
30905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30907 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30908 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30910 \(fn)" nil nil)
30912 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30913 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30915 \(fn)" t nil)
30917 ;;;***
30919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21423 62909 33477
30920 ;;;;;; 0))
30921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30922 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30924 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30925 Toggle Viper on/off.
30926 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30928 \(fn)" t nil)
30930 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30931 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30933 \(fn)" t nil)
30935 ;;;***
30937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
30938 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
30939 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30941 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30942 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30943 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30944 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30945 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30946 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30947 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30948 the beginning of the warning.")
30950 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30951 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30952 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30953 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30954 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30955 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30956 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30957 also call that function before the next warning.")
30959 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30960 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30962 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30963 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30964 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30965 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30967 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30968 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30969 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30970 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30971 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30972 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30974 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30975 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30976 Default is :warning.
30978 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30979 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30980 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30981 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30982 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30983 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30985 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30986 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30987 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30989 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30991 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30992 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30994 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30996 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30997 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30998 \\<special-mode-map>
30999 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31000 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31002 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31003 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31004 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31005 can be whatever you like.)
31007 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31008 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31010 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31011 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31012 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31013 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31014 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31016 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31018 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31019 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31020 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31021 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31022 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31024 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31026 ;;;***
31028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31029 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31030 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31032 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31033 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31034 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31035 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31036 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31037 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31038 directories to reflect your edits.
31040 See `wdired-mode'.
31042 \(fn)" t nil)
31044 ;;;***
31046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31047 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31049 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31050 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31052 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31053 hotlist.
31055 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31056 <nwv@acm.org>.
31058 \(fn)" t nil)
31060 ;;;***
31062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
31063 ;;;;;; 53104 0 0))
31064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31065 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31066 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31068 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31070 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31071 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31072 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31073 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31074 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31075 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31077 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31079 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31080 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31082 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31083 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31085 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31086 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31087 in certain major modes.
31089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31091 ;;;***
31093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 53104 0
31094 ;;;;;; 0))
31095 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31096 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31098 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31099 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31100 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31101 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31102 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31104 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31105 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31109 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31110 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31112 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31113 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31115 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31116 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31117 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31118 use `whitespace-mode'.
31120 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31124 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31125 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31126 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31129 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31131 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31133 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31134 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31135 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31136 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31137 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31139 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31140 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31144 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31145 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31146 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31148 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31149 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31151 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31153 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31154 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31155 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31156 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31157 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31159 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31160 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31161 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31162 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31164 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31168 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31169 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31171 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31172 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31174 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31175 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31177 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31179 CHAR MEANING
31180 (VIA FACES)
31181 f toggle face visualization
31182 t toggle TAB visualization
31183 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31184 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31185 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31186 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31187 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31188 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31189 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31190 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31191 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31192 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31193 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31194 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31195 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31196 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31197 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31199 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31200 T toggle TAB visualization
31201 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31202 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31204 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31205 ? display brief help
31207 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31208 The valid symbols are:
31210 face toggle face visualization
31211 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31212 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31213 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31214 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31215 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31216 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31217 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31218 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31219 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31220 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31221 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31222 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31223 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31224 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31225 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31226 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31228 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31229 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31230 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31232 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31234 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31236 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31238 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31239 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31241 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31242 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31244 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31245 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31247 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31249 CHAR MEANING
31250 (VIA FACES)
31251 f toggle face visualization
31252 t toggle TAB visualization
31253 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31254 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31255 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31256 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31257 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31258 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31259 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31260 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31261 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31262 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31263 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31264 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31265 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31266 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31267 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31269 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31270 T toggle TAB visualization
31271 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31272 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31274 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31275 ? display brief help
31277 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31278 The valid symbols are:
31280 face toggle face visualization
31281 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31282 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31283 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31284 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31285 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31286 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31287 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31288 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31289 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31290 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31291 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31292 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31293 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31294 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31295 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31296 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31298 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31299 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31300 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31302 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31304 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31306 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31308 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31309 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31311 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31312 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31313 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31314 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31315 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31317 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31319 The problems cleaned up are:
31321 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31322 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31323 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31324 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31326 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31327 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31328 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31329 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31330 SPACEs.
31331 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31332 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31333 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31334 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31336 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31337 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31338 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31339 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31340 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31341 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31342 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31343 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31345 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31346 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31347 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31349 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31350 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31351 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31352 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31353 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31354 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31355 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31356 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31358 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31359 documentation.
31361 \(fn)" t nil)
31363 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31364 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31366 The problems cleaned up are:
31368 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31369 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31370 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31371 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31372 SPACEs.
31373 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31374 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31375 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31376 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31378 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31379 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31380 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31381 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31382 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31383 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31384 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31385 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31387 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31388 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31389 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31391 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31392 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31393 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31394 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31395 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31396 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31397 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31398 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31400 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31401 documentation.
31403 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31405 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31406 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31408 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31409 non-nil.
31411 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31412 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31413 `whitespace-style' to have:
31415 empty
31416 trailing
31417 indentation
31418 space-before-tab
31419 space-after-tab
31421 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31422 whitespace problems in buffer.
31424 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31426 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31427 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31428 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31429 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31430 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31431 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31432 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31434 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31435 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31436 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31437 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31438 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31439 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31440 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31442 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31443 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31444 cleaning up these problems.
31446 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31448 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31449 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31451 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31452 non-nil.
31454 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31455 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31456 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31458 empty
31459 indentation
31460 space-before-tab
31461 trailing
31462 space-after-tab
31464 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31465 whitespace problems in buffer.
31467 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31469 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31470 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31471 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31472 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31473 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31474 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31475 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31477 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31478 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31479 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31480 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31481 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31482 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31483 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31485 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31486 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31487 cleaning up these problems.
31489 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31491 ;;;***
31493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 53104 0
31494 ;;;;;; 0))
31495 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31497 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31498 Browse the widget under point.
31500 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31502 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31503 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31505 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31507 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31508 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31510 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31512 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31513 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31515 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31516 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31520 ;;;***
31522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31523 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31525 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31526 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31528 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31530 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31531 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31532 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31534 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31536 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31537 Create widget of TYPE.
31538 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31540 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31542 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31543 Delete WIDGET.
31545 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31547 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31548 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31550 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31552 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31553 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31554 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31555 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31557 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31558 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31560 \(fn)" nil nil)
31562 ;;;***
31564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31565 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31567 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31568 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31569 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31570 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31571 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31572 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31573 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31577 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31578 Select the window above the current one.
31579 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31580 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31581 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31582 negative ARG) of the current window.
31583 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31587 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31588 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31589 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31590 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31591 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31592 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31593 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31597 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31598 Select the window below the current one.
31599 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31600 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31601 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31602 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31603 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31607 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31608 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31609 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31610 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31612 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31614 ;;;***
31616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31617 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31619 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31620 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31621 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31624 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31626 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31628 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31629 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31630 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31631 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31632 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31633 \\{winner-mode-map}
31635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31637 ;;;***
31639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31640 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31641 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31643 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31644 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31645 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31646 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31647 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31649 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31651 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31652 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31653 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31654 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31655 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31656 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31657 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31658 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31660 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31661 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31663 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31665 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31666 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31668 \(fn)" t nil)
31670 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31671 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31672 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31673 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31674 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31675 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31676 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31677 `woman' command for further details.
31679 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31681 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31682 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31684 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31686 ;;;***
31688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21291 53104
31689 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31691 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31693 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31694 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31696 BUGS:
31697 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31698 are not implemented
31699 - Options for search and replace
31700 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31701 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31703 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31704 Emacs-like.
31706 \(fn)" t nil)
31708 ;;;***
31710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31711 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31713 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31714 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31715 Return the top node with all its children.
31716 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31718 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31719 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31720 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31722 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31724 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31725 namespace to URIs instead.
31727 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31728 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31730 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31732 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31734 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31736 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31737 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31738 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31739 not contain well-formed XML.
31741 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31742 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31743 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31744 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31745 element of the list.
31746 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31747 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31748 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31750 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31752 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31753 namespace to URIs instead.
31755 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31756 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31758 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31760 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31762 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31764 ;;;***
31766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21341 23900 0 0))
31767 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31769 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31770 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31771 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31772 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31773 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31774 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31775 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31776 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31777 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31778 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31780 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31782 ;;;***
31784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21410 50877 492638
31785 ;;;;;; 0))
31786 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31788 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31789 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31790 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31793 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31795 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31797 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31798 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31800 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31801 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31803 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31804 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31805 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31806 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31807 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31808 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31812 ;;;***
31814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31817 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31818 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31820 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31822 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31823 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31825 \(fn)" nil nil)
31827 ;;;***
31829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 53104 0 0))
31830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31832 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31833 Zone out, completely.
31835 \(fn)" t nil)
31837 ;;;***
31839 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21426 39167 845163
32058 ;;;;;; 447000))
32060 ;;;***
32062 (provide 'loaddefs)
32063 ;; Local Variables:
32064 ;; version-control: never
32065 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32066 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32067 ;; coding: utf-8
32068 ;; End:
32069 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here